WO2016060212A1 - Absorbent product - Google Patents

Absorbent product Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016060212A1
WO2016060212A1 PCT/JP2015/079226 JP2015079226W WO2016060212A1 WO 2016060212 A1 WO2016060212 A1 WO 2016060212A1 JP 2015079226 W JP2015079226 W JP 2015079226W WO 2016060212 A1 WO2016060212 A1 WO 2016060212A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
fiber
absorbent article
sheet
fibers
region
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/079226
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
絵里香 渡邉
加藤 隆弘
石黒 健司
康宏 中野
綾子 牧野
Original Assignee
花王株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2014212404A external-priority patent/JP6440449B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2015195805A external-priority patent/JP6080323B2/en
Application filed by 花王株式会社 filed Critical 花王株式会社
Priority to CN201580056416.8A priority Critical patent/CN107072831B/en
Publication of WO2016060212A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016060212A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/45Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
    • A61F13/49Absorbent articles specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to absorbent articles such as sanitary napkins and disposable diapers.
  • a surface sheet of an absorbent article one having a concavo-convex structure in which streaky ridges and ridges extending in one direction are alternately arranged in the width direction is known.
  • the present applicant has proposed a surface sheet obtained by linearly bonding a sheet for forming irregularities in which a plurality of hook-shaped portions are formed in parallel to each other between the hook-shaped portions (see Patent Document 1). ).
  • Patent Document 2 describes a surface sheet formed of a liquid-permeable fiber nonwoven fabric and shaped into a wave shape.
  • the wave shape is continuously formed in the longitudinal direction of the surface sheet.
  • the corrugated top and bottom extend in a direction intersecting the longitudinal direction of the topsheet.
  • the density of the fibers in the wall region between the corrugated top and bottom regions is lower than the fiber density in the top or bottom region.
  • Patent Document 3 describes a surface sheet having bowl-shaped projections that are continuous in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article with a predetermined interval in the width direction of the absorbent article.
  • dotted concave embosses are provided alternately at the right side adjacent position and the left side adjacent position with an interval in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article, and this concave emboss is generally staggered Is arranged.
  • JP 2002-165830 A JP 2008-1113866 A JP 2013-244256 A
  • the present invention provides an absorbent article having a longitudinal direction and a width direction, which includes a liquid-permeable front sheet and a back sheet that form a skin contact surface and an absorbent body interposed between the two sheets. is there.
  • the top sheet is composed of a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which streaky ridges and recesses extending in the longitudinal direction are alternately arranged in the width direction, and is joined to an adjacent lower sheet in the recess. Yes.
  • the non-woven fabric is made of at least a high elongation fiber.
  • the lower sheet is made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers.
  • the ridge portion has a hollow structure between the nonwoven fabric and the lower sheet.
  • the non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between the top region, the top portion of the convex portion is formed from the top region, and the bottom portion of the concave portion is formed from the bottom region.
  • the fiber density in the side region is lower than both the fiber density in the top region and the fiber density in the bottom region.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a panty liner according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of an absorber used in the panty liner shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 4 is a partially broken perspective view showing an enlarged main part on the skin facing surface side in the panty liner shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 5 is an enlarged schematic view of the main part in FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining a state in which the constituent fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 4 are fixed at the heat fusion part.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view of the skin facing surface of the panty liner shown in FIG. FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing a manufacturing apparatus suitably used for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line IX-IX shown in FIG. 10 (a), 10 (b) and 10 (c) illustrate how a plurality of small diameter portions and large diameter portions are formed in one constituent fiber between adjacent fused portions. It is explanatory drawing to do.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing an incontinence pad according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • 12A is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II in FIG. 11, and
  • FIG. 12B is a diagram showing the back surface (surface on the non-skin contact surface side) of the absorbent body of the incontinence pad shown in FIG. is there.
  • FIG. 13 is a partially broken perspective view showing an enlarged main portion of the incontinence pad shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 14 is an enlarged plan view of a part of the skin contact surface of the incontinence pad, showing an example of the arrangement of the joint between the concave portion of the top sheet and the lower sheet.
  • FIG. 15 is a partially enlarged plan view of an absorbent body showing another example of the arrangement of the compression parts that form the high-density part.
  • FIG. 16 is an explanatory diagram of the function and effect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 shows a perspective view of a panty liner 10 (hereinafter also simply referred to as “panty liner 10”) according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG.
  • the panty liner 10 is interposed between a liquid-permeable top sheet 2 that forms a skin contact surface, a liquid-impermeable back sheet 3, and both the sheets 2 and 3.
  • the absorbent body 4 is provided.
  • Liquid impermeability includes liquid impermeability.
  • the panty liner 10 has a vertically long shape, and has a longitudinal direction X and a width direction Y.
  • the longitudinal direction X coincides with the wearer's front-rear direction when the panty liner 10 is worn, and the width direction Y is a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction X in the plan view of the panty liner 10.
  • the panty liner 10 has an oval shape in plan view with a central portion in the longitudinal direction constricted.
  • the surface sheet 2 and the back surface sheet 3 are joined to each other at the peripheral edge 7 of the panty liner 10 at portions extending from the peripheral edge of the absorber 4.
  • the surface (non-skin contact surface) on the back sheet 3 side of the panty liner 10 is provided with an adhesive portion (not shown) for fixing to underwear such as shorts.
  • the skin contact surface is a surface directed to the wearer's skin side when worn in the absorbent article or a component thereof, and the non-skin contact surface is the wearer's skin when worn in the absorbent article or component thereof. It is the surface that is directed to the side opposite to the skin side (usually the underwear side).
  • the absorbent body 4 of the panty liner 10 is composed of an absorbent sheet 42, and more specifically, a laminate in which the absorbent sheet 42 is laminated in two or more layers.
  • the laminate of two or more layers may be a laminate obtained by folding a single absorbent sheet and adhering the layers between them.
  • a plurality of laminated sheets may be used.
  • an absorbent sheet containing a fiber material and a water-absorbing polymer is used as the absorbent sheet 42.
  • an absorbent sheet it is possible to bond between constituent fibers or between constituent fibers and the water-absorbing polymer through adhesive force generated in the water-absorbing polymer in a wet state or a binder such as an adhesive or adhesive fiber added separately.
  • a sheet or the like can be preferably used.
  • an absorbent sheet an absorbent sheet manufactured by the method described in JP-A-8-246395, a pulverized pulp supplied in an air stream and a water-absorbing polymer are deposited, and then an adhesive (for example, vinyl acetate) is deposited.
  • An absorbent sheet obtained by blending a highly water-absorbing polymer during the process can also be used.
  • These absorbent sheets can also be used as an absorber having a single layer structure without being laminated in two or more layers. In addition, the layers between the layers may not be bonded.
  • the thickness of the absorber 4 is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, preferably 5 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or less, and preferably 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, more preferably. Is 0.5 mm or more and 2 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the absorber 4 is measured by the following method.
  • the thickness T is measured using a peacock precision measuring instrument (model R1-C) which is a micrometer having two parallel pressing surfaces (a fixed pressing surface and a movable pressing surface).
  • the diameter of the measuring element movable pressing surface is 5 mm, and the pressure is 100 kPa or less.
  • the size of the test specimen for measurement is not less than the size of the following plate.
  • a 20 mm ⁇ 20 mm plate (mass 5.4 g) is placed on the test piece, the measuring element movable pressurizing surface is operated at a speed of 2 mm / s, applied to the plate, and the value immediately after stabilization is read.
  • the pressure between the pressing surfaces (pressure applied to the test piece) is 1.3 kPa or less.
  • the back sheet 3 various materials conventionally used for the back sheet of the absorbent article can be used without particular limitation.
  • a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent resin film, a resin film, A laminate sheet with a non-woven fabric can be used.
  • the topsheet 2 in the panty liner 10 of the present embodiment has a concavo-convex structure in which streaky ridges 13 and ridges 14 extending in one direction are alternately arranged in the width direction. It is comprised from the nonwoven fabric 1 of this.
  • the surface sheet 2 is joined in the concave strip part 14 in the adjacent lower sheet 6 and the joint part 14s, and the convex strip part 13 is the nonwoven fabric 1 and lower side.
  • the sheet 6 has a hollow structure.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 which comprises the surface sheet 2 contains the fiber 11 which has the large diameter part 17 and the small diameter parts 16 and 16 from which a fiber diameter mutually differs, as shown in FIG. 6 mentioned later.
  • FIG. 4 shows a perspective view of a nonwoven fabric 1 (hereinafter also referred to as “nonwoven fabric 1”) used as the top sheet 2 in the panty liner 10 of the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a cross section in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric 1 shown in FIG. 4.
  • FIG. 6 is an enlarged schematic view of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 shown in FIG.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 is a nonwoven fabric provided with a plurality of fusion portions 12 (see FIG. 6) formed by heat-sealing the intersections of the constituent fibers 11.
  • "one direction" from which the protruding line part 13 and the recessed line part 14 extend is the same direction as the longitudinal direction X of the panty liner 10, and is one direction (X direction). Also written.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 has a plurality of ridge portions 13 in which the cross-sectional shapes of the front and back surfaces a and b are convex upward in the thickness direction (Z direction), It has the concave line part 14 located between adjacent convex line parts 13 and 13.
  • FIG. 14 the cross-sectional shape of front and back both surfaces a and b has comprised the concave shape toward the upper direction of the thickness direction (Z direction) of a nonwoven fabric.
  • the concave stripe part 14 the cross-sectional shape of front and back both surfaces a and b has comprised the convex shape toward the downward direction of the thickness direction (Z direction) of a nonwoven fabric.
  • Each of the plurality of ridges 13 extends continuously in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1, and each of the plurality of ridges 14 extends continuously in one direction X of the nonwoven fabric 1. I am doing.
  • the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 are parallel to each other and are alternately arranged in a direction (Y direction) orthogonal to the one direction (X direction).
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 is comprised from the top part area
  • the top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, and the side region 13c extend continuously in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1.
  • the top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, and the side region 13c when the nonwoven fabric 1 is viewed in a cross-section along the thickness direction Z, divides the thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1 in the Z direction into three equal parts,
  • the top region 13a is distinguished from the central region as the side region 13c and the lower region as the bottom region 13b.
  • the top of the ridge 13 is formed from a top region 13a.
  • the bottom part of the concave line part 14 is formed from the bottom part area
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 is manufactured by subjecting the fiber sheet 1a to uneven processing using a pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 that mesh with each other.
  • the longitudinal direction X of the nonwoven fabric 1 described above is the same direction as the machine direction (MD, flow direction) when the nonwoven fabric 1 is manufactured by performing uneven processing on the fiber sheet 1a (see FIG. 8).
  • the direction Y orthogonal to the X direction is the same direction as the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction) orthogonal to the machine direction (MD, flow direction).
  • the fiber density of the side region 13c is lower than the fiber density of the top region 13a and the fiber density of the bottom region 13b.
  • the fiber density is the number of fibers per unit area in the cross section of the nonwoven fabric 1. Therefore, the side region 13c is a sparse region in which the number of fibers is small (the interfiber distance is large) compared to the top region 13a and the bottom region 13b. Due to this, the side region 13c has higher air permeability than the top region 13a and the bottom region 13b.
  • the panty liner of the present embodiment using the nonwoven fabric 1 as the top sheet 2 circulates along the concave strip portion 14 in the mounted state, and in the convex strip portion 13 through the side region 13c.
  • the air flows in the direction orthogonal to the ridges 13.
  • the panty liner of this embodiment has a structure in which air flows in both the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y on the skin facing surface side, the air permeability on the skin facing surface side is good. Thus, it is difficult for the stuffiness to occur when worn.
  • the concavo-convex structure of the topsheet 2 can easily follow the movement of the wearer when the panty liner 10 is worn, The hit is good.
  • each side edge of the panty liner 10 has a curved shape, and in the longitudinal direction front area 10A and the rear area 10B, each side edge is convex outward in the width direction.
  • each side edge is curved in a convex shape toward the inner side in the width direction, so that the width in the longitudinal central region 10C is the narrowest. It becomes easy to efficiently discharge water vapor toward the outside in the direction Y. This also makes it difficult for the panty liner 10 to be stuffy when worn.
  • the ratio (D 13c / D 13a , D 13c / D 13a ) of the fiber density (D 13c ) of the side region 13c to the fiber density (D 13a ) in the top region 13a or the fiber density (D 13b ) in the bottom region 13b ) Is preferably 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, more preferably 0.2 or more and 0.8 or less.
  • the value of the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric 1 is such that the fiber density (D 13a ) in the top region 13a is preferably 90 / mm 2 or more and 200 / mm 2 or less, more preferably 100 / mm 2 or more. 180 pieces / mm 2 or less.
  • the fiber density (D 13b) at the bottom area 13b is preferably 80 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 180 lines / mm 2 or less.
  • the fiber density of the side region 13c (D 13c) is preferably 30 lines / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, more preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 yarns / mm 2 or less.
  • the method for measuring the fiber density is as follows.
  • the nonwoven fabric is cut along the thickness direction Z using a feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.).
  • the top region 13a which is the upper part when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is divided into three equal parts in the Z direction, is magnified using a scanning electron microscope (fiber cross section is 30 to 30%). The magnification is adjusted so that about 60 fibers can be measured (150 to 500 times), and the number of cross sections of the fibers cut by the cut surface per fixed area (about 0.5 mm 2 ) is counted.
  • the fiber density in the top region 13a converts into the number of cross sections of the fiber per 1 mm ⁇ 2 >, and makes this the fiber density in the top region 13a.
  • the measurement is performed at three locations, and the average is the fiber density of the sample.
  • the fiber density in the bottom region 13b is obtained by measuring the lower part when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is divided into three equal parts in the Z direction.
  • the fiber density of the side region 13c is obtained by measuring the central portion when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is divided into three equal parts in the Z direction.
  • JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. is used.
  • the fiber density (D 13c) of the side region 13c in the convex portion 13 is preferably 30 present / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, more preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 lines / mm 2 or less. That is, although the fiber density in the side region 13c is preferably lower than the fiber density in the top region 13a and the bottom region 13b, the fiber density in the side region 13c is preferably not zero. In other words, the fiber density of the side region 13c is preferably greater than 0 / mm 2 . That the fiber density of the side region 13c is zero means that a through hole is formed in the side region 13c.
  • the fiber density of the side region 13c is zero, that is, when a through hole is formed in the side region 13c, liquid return is likely to occur through the through hole, or the ridge 13 is likely to be crushed. Or If the number of through-holes formed is reduced in order to prevent the inconvenience caused by forming these through-holes, the air flowability in the direction perpendicular to the ridges 13 is reduced due to this. End up. In this way, there are various inconveniences in forming the through hole in the side region 13c, but if the fiber density of the side region 13c is lowered as in this embodiment, the liquid return and the ridges are formed. There is an advantage that air flowability in a direction orthogonal to the ridges 13 can be ensured while preventing the crushing of 13.
  • the concavo-convex structure of the nonwoven fabric 1 including the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 is preferably formed at least in the central region in the width direction Y of the panty liner 1.
  • the uneven structure can be provided in a portion that is most likely to come into contact with the skin of the wearer, so that the above-described effect of preventing stuffiness and the effect of following the operation of the wearer are reliably exhibited.
  • the topsheet 2 has a concavo-convex structure in the entire region inside the peripheral portion 7 (see FIG. 1) from the viewpoint that these effects become more remarkable.
  • each side edge 4a of the absorbent body 4 is linear, and the extending direction of the side edge 4a is defined as the concavo-convex structure, that is, the ridge portion. It is preferable to make it substantially parallel to the direction in which 13 and the recessed line portion 14 extend. By doing so, the topsheet 2 is easily bent at the side edge 4a of the absorbent body 4, and the uncomfortable feeling of wearing the panty liner 10 is reduced.
  • substantially parallel includes a case where they are completely parallel and a case where the angles intersect within 3 degrees.
  • the constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 contains high elongation fibers.
  • the high elongation fiber included in the constituent fiber 11 means not only a fiber having a high elongation at the raw material fiber stage, but also a fiber having a high elongation at the stage of the produced nonwoven fabric 1.
  • melt spinning is performed at a low speed to form a composite
  • heat-extensible fiber obtained by performing heat treatment and / or crimping treatment without performing a stretching treatment, the crystal state of the resin being changed by heating, and extending the length, or polypropylene
  • the high elongation fiber is preferably a core-sheath type composite fiber having heat-fusibility.
  • the core-sheath type composite fiber may be a concentric core-sheath type, an eccentric core-sheath type, a side-by-side type, or a deformed type, but is preferably a concentric core-sheath type.
  • the fineness of the high elongation fiber is 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less at the raw material stage. Is preferable, and more preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less.
  • the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 may be configured to include other fibers in addition to the high elongation fibers, but are preferably configured only from the high elongation fibers.
  • Other fibers include, for example, a non-heat-extensible core-sheath type heat-fusible composite fiber containing two components having different melting points, or a fiber that does not inherently have heat-fusibility ( Examples thereof include natural fibers such as cotton and pulp, rayon and acetate fibers).
  • the proportion of the high elongation fibers in the nonwoven fabric 1 is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, and more preferably 80%. It is not less than 100% by mass.
  • the heat-stretchable composite fiber that is a high-stretch fiber is a composite fiber that has been subjected to an unstretched or weakly stretched treatment at the raw material stage.
  • a 1st resin component is a component which expresses the heat
  • a 2nd resin component is a component which expresses heat-fusibility.
  • the melting points of the first resin component and the second resin component were determined by thermal analysis of a finely cut fiber sample (sample weight 2 mg) using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC6200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.) at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min.
  • the melting peak temperature of each resin is measured and defined by the melting peak temperature.
  • the resin is defined as “resin having no melting point”.
  • the temperature at which the second resin component is fused to such an extent that the strength of the fusion point of the fiber can be measured is used as the temperature at which the molecular flow of the second resin component begins, and this is used instead of the melting point.
  • the polyethylene resin is included.
  • the polyethylene resin include low density polyethylene (LDPE), high density polyethylene (HDPE), and linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE).
  • LDPE low density polyethylene
  • HDPE high density polyethylene
  • LLDPE linear low density polyethylene
  • a high density polyethylene having a density of 0.935 g / cm 3 or more and 0.965 g / cm 3 or less is preferable.
  • the second resin component constituting the sheath is preferably a polyethylene resin alone, but other resins can also be blended.
  • Other resins to be blended include polypropylene resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (EVOH), and the like.
  • the 2nd resin component which comprises a sheath part it is preferable that 50 mass% or more in the resin component of a sheath part is 70 to 100 mass% especially polyethylene resin.
  • the polyethylene resin preferably has a crystallite size of 10 nm or more and 20 nm or less, and more preferably 11.5 nm or more and 18 nm or less.
  • a resin component having a melting point higher than that of the polyethylene resin that is a constituent resin of the sheath portion can be used without any particular limitation.
  • the resin component constituting the core include polyolefin resins such as polypropylene (PP) (excluding polyethylene resin), polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), and polybutylene terephthalate (PBT).
  • PP polypropylene
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PBT polybutylene terephthalate
  • polyamide-based polymers, copolymers having two or more resin components, and the like can also be used.
  • a plurality of types of resins can be blended and used.
  • the melting point of the core is the melting point of the resin having the highest melting point.
  • the difference between the melting point of the first resin component constituting the core part and the melting point of the second resin component constituting the sheath part is 20 ° C. or higher. It is preferable that it is 150 degrees C or less.
  • the preferred orientation index of the first resin component in the heat-stretchable composite fiber which is a high elongation fiber, is naturally different depending on the resin used.
  • the orientation index is 60% or less. Is preferable, more preferably 40% or less, and still more preferably 25% or less.
  • the first resin component is polyester
  • the orientation index is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and still more preferably 10% or less.
  • the second resin component preferably has an orientation index of 5% or more, more preferably 15% or more, and still more preferably 30% or more.
  • the orientation index is an index of the degree of orientation of the polymer chain of the resin constituting the fiber. And when the orientation index of a 1st resin component and a 2nd resin component is each said value, a heat
  • the orientation index of the first resin component and the second resin component is determined by the method described in paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP 2010-168715 A.
  • a method for achieving the orientation index as described above for each resin component in the thermally extensible composite fiber is described in paragraphs [0033] to [0036] of JP-A No. 2010-168715.
  • the elongation of the high elongation fiber is preferably 100% or more, particularly 200% or more, particularly 250% or more at the raw material stage.
  • the elongation of the high elongation fiber is preferably 800% or less, particularly 500% or less, particularly 400% or less at the raw material stage.
  • the elongation of the high elongation fiber is preferably 100% or more and 800% or less, more preferably 200% or more and 500% or less, and further preferably 250% or more and 400% or less at the raw material stage. It is.
  • the elongation of the high elongation fiber conforms to JISL-1015, and the measurement is based on the measurement environment temperature and humidity of 20 ⁇ 2 °C, 65 ⁇ 2% RH, the tensile tester's gripping distance is 20mm, and the tensile speed is 20mm / min. And, when collecting fibers from an already manufactured non-woven fabric and measuring the elongation, when the gripping interval cannot be 20 mm, that is, when the length of the fiber to be measured is less than 20 mm, the gripping interval is set. Measure by setting to 10 mm or 5 mm.
  • the ratio (mass ratio, the former: latter) of the first resin component and the second resin component in the heat-stretchable composite fiber that is a high elongation fiber is 10:90 to 90:10, particularly 20: It is preferably 80 to 80:20, particularly 50:50 to 70:30.
  • the fiber length of the heat-extensible conjugate fiber one having an appropriate length is used according to the method for producing the nonwoven fabric. For example, when the nonwoven fabric is manufactured by the card method as described later, the fiber length is preferably about 30 to 70 mm.
  • the fiber diameter of the heat-extensible composite fiber which is a high elongation fiber, is appropriately selected according to the specific use of the nonwoven fabric at the raw material stage.
  • the nonwoven fabric is used as a constituent member of an absorbent article such as a surface sheet of the absorbent article, it is preferable to use a nonwoven fabric having a size of 10 ⁇ m to 35 ⁇ m, particularly 15 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the fiber diameter is measured by the following method.
  • the fiber diameter As the fiber diameter, the fiber diameter ( ⁇ m) is measured by observing the cross section of the fiber at 200 to 800 times with a microscope VH-8000 (manufactured by Keyence Corporation). The cross section of the fiber is obtained by cutting the fiber using a feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). For each extracted fiber, the fiber diameter when approximated to a circle is measured at five locations, and the average value of the five measured values is taken as the fiber diameter.
  • a feather razor product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.
  • Japanese Patent No. 4131852 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-350836, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-303035
  • JP-A No. 2007-204899, JP-A No. 2007-204901 and JP-A No. 2007-204902 can also be used.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 pays attention to one constituent fiber 11 among the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1, and the constituent fiber 11 is between the adjacent fusion portions 12, 12. It is preferable to have a large diameter portion 17 having a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small diameter portions 16 and 16 having a small fiber diameter. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, paying attention to one constituent fiber 11 of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1, a fusion formed by heat-sealing the intersection with the other constituent fibers 11. A small diameter portion 16 having a small fiber diameter extends from the landing portion 12 with substantially the same fiber diameter.
  • the non-woven fabric 1 focuses on one constituent fiber 11, and from one of the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 toward the other fused portion 12, It has constituent fibers 11 arranged in the order of a small diameter portion 16 on the side of the attachment portion 12, one large diameter portion 17, and a small diameter portion 16 on the side of the other fusion portion 12.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 focuses on one constituent fiber 11 among the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1, and includes a plurality of large-diameter portions 17 between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. (2 in the nonwoven fabric 1) It has the constituent fiber 11 provided. Specifically, the non-woven fabric 1 focuses on one constituent fiber 11, and from one of the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 toward the other fused portion 12, Constituent fibers arranged in the order of the small-diameter portion 16 on the bonding portion 12 side, the first large-diameter portion 17, the small-diameter portion 16, the second large-diameter portion 17, and the small-diameter portion 16 on the other fused portion 12 side. 11.
  • the non-woven fabric 1 preferably focuses on one constituent fiber 11, and has a large-diameter portion 17 between adjacent fused portions 12, 12, preferably from the viewpoint of improving the touch and preventing the strength of the non-woven fabric from being reduced. It is preferable to provide 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 3 or less, from the viewpoint of improving the touch and reducing the strength of the nonwoven fabric.
  • the ratio (L 16 / L 17 ) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion 16 to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion 17 is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0. .55 or more and 0.7 or less.
  • the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small-diameter portion 16 is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 28 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 6.5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 ⁇ m or more and 16 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of improving the touch. is there.
  • the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion 17 is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 35 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 13 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 15 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of improving the touch.
  • the fiber diameters (the diameters L 16 and L 17 ) of the small diameter part 16 and the large diameter part 17 are measured in the same manner as the fiber diameter measurement described above.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 pays attention to one constituent fiber 11 among the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1, from the small diameter portion 16 adjacent to the fused portion 12 to the large diameter portion 17. It is preferable that the change point 18 is arranged within a range of 1 / of the interval T between the fusion parts 12, 12 adjacent to the fusion part 12.
  • the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric 1 is a gradual change continuously from the small diameter portion 16 extending with a small fiber diameter to the large diameter portion 17 extending with a fiber diameter larger than the small diameter portion 16. This means a portion where the fiber diameter changes extremely in one step without including a portion that continuously changes over a plurality of stages.
  • the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric 1 is the 1st resin component which comprises a core part, and the 2nd resin component which comprises a sheath part. It does not include a state in which the fiber diameter is changed by peeling between the layers, and it means a portion where the fiber diameter is changed by stretching.
  • the fact that the changing point 18 is arranged within a range of 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fused portions 12 and 12 from the fused portion 12 means that the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 are randomly extracted.
  • the constituent fibers 11 are formed between adjacent fused portions 12 and 12 of the constituent fibers 11. Magnify the image so that it can be observed (100 to 300 times).
  • the interval T between the centers of the adjacent fused portions 12 and 12 is divided into three equal parts, and the region AT on the side of one fused portion 12, the region BT on the side of the other fused portion 12, and the center region CT Break down.
  • the change point 18 is arranged in the area AT or the area BT.
  • the non-woven fabric 1 in which the changing point 18 is disposed within a range of 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 from the fused portion 12 is the number of the constituent fibers 11 of the non-woven fabric 1 20.
  • the constituent fiber 11 in which the change point 18 is arranged in the region AT or the region BT means a nonwoven fabric having at least one of the 20 constituent fibers 11. Specifically, from the viewpoint of improving the touch, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 10 or more.
  • the number of fibers having a change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side region 13c is the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top region 13a, and the bottom region 13b. Is formed more than the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the.
  • the ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13a ) of the number of fibers (N 13c ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting 13c is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less. It is.
  • the number of fibers having the change point 18 (N 13c ) in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side region 13c is preferably 5 The number is 20 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 10 or more and 20 or less. Further, the number (N 13a ) of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top region 13a is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. Further, the number (N 13b ) of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the bottom region 13b is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less.
  • the method for measuring the number of fibers having the change point 18 is as follows.
  • the measurement is performed at three places, and the average is the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a of the sample.
  • the vicinity of the bottom point of the bottom region 13b, which is a lower part when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided into three in the Z direction Determine by measuring.
  • the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side region 13c is obtained by measuring the central portion when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided into three in the Z direction.
  • JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. is used.
  • Sheet thickness T S is may be adjusted as appropriate depending on the application, when used as a topsheet or sublayer of the absorbent article, preferably 0.5mm or more 7mm or less, more preferably 5mm or 1.0 mm. By setting it as this range, the bodily fluid absorption speed
  • the layer thickness TL may be different at each site in the nonwoven fabric 1 and may be appropriately adjusted depending on the application.
  • the layer thickness T L1 of the top region 13a is preferably 0.1 mm or greater and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or greater and 2.0 mm or less.
  • the layer thickness T L2 of the bottom region 13b is preferably 0.1 mm or greater and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or greater and 2.0 mm or less.
  • the layer thickness T L3 of the side region 13c is preferably 0.1 mm or greater and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or greater and 2.0 mm or less.
  • the relationship between the layer thicknesses T L1 , T L2 , and T L3 is within this range, so that the body fluid absorption speed during use is fast, the liquid return from the absorber is suppressed, and an appropriate cushioning property is realized. it can.
  • the sheet thickness T S and the layer thickness T L are measured by the following methods.
  • Method of measuring the thickness of the sheet T S is in a state of applying a load of 0.05kPa nonwoven 1 is measured using a thickness gauge.
  • a laser displacement meter manufactured by OMRON Corporation is used for the thickness measuring instrument. Thickness is measured at 10 points, and the average value is calculated as the thickness.
  • the layer thickness TL is measured by enlarging the cross section of the sheet with a Keyence digital microscope VHX-900 by about 20 times to measure the thickness of each layer.
  • the pitch between the tops of the protruding strips 13 adjacent in the Y direction is preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, and more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 10 mm or less.
  • the height H (see FIG. 4) of the ridge 13 is preferably 0.5 mm to 5 mm, and more preferably 1 mm to 3 mm. The height H is measured under a no load by observing a cross section in the thickness direction Z of the nonwoven fabric 1 with a microscope.
  • the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric 1 is preferably 15 g / m 2 or more 50 g / m 2 or less the average value of the entire, 20 g / m 2 or more 40 g / m 2 or less is more preferable.
  • a small amount of fiber treatment agent such as fiber colorant, antistatic property agent, lubricant, hydrophilic agent may be adhered to the surface of the constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 at the raw material stage.
  • various known methods can be employed without any particular limitation. For example, application by spraying, application by a slot coater, application by roll transfer, immersion in a fiber treatment agent, and the like can be mentioned. These treatments may be performed on the fibers before being made into a web, or after the fibers are made into a web by various methods. However, it is necessary to perform the process before the hot air blowing process described later.
  • the fiber having the fiber treatment agent attached to the surface is dried at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point of the polyethylene resin (for example, 120 ° C. or less) by, for example, a hot air blowing type dryer.
  • the top sheet 2 in the panty liner 10 of the present embodiment is heat-sealed with the adjacent lower sheet 6 in each of the concave portions 14 of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2.
  • the lower sheet 6 in the present embodiment is a second sheet 6 made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers disposed between the top sheet 2 and the absorber 4.
  • a nonwoven fabric can be generally used.
  • the concave strip portion 14 of the surface sheet 2 is continuously joined to the second sheet 6 in the longitudinal direction of the panty liner 10, and the joint portion 14s extends between the seal portions 7 located at both ends in the longitudinal direction. In the meantime, it can be intermittently formed along the longitudinal direction X of the panty liner 10.
  • the joining of the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 is not limited to the above-described heat fusion, and other joining means such as joining with an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive may be employed.
  • the second sheet 6 can be made shorter in the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y than the top sheet 2.
  • the length of the second sheet 6 in the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y can be the same as that of the top sheet 2.
  • the concavo-convex structure of the topsheet 2 is not easily crushed even if a load is applied thereto.
  • a load for example, in a state where a load of 4 g / cm 2 is applied to the panty liner 10 from the surface sheet 2 side, it is preferable that the ridge portion can maintain its hollow structure, and a state where a load of 20 g / cm 2 is applied. And it is still more preferable that a protruding item
  • a hollow structure can be maintained means that a space exists inside the ridge 13 even after a load is applied, and the shape of the space is allowed to be deformed before the load is applied.
  • the Whether or not there is a space inside the ridge 13 is determined by cutting the joined body of the top sheet and the second sheet 6 along the thickness direction Z to form a cross section, and observing the cross section with a microscope. Check.
  • the load of 4 g / cm 2 assumes a pressure applied to the panty liner 10 when the panty liner 10 is attached to the shorts and the shorts are worn.
  • the load of 20 g / cm 2 assumes a pressure applied to the panty liner 10 when the wearer sits on the chair in the wearing state of the panty liner 10.
  • the ridges 13 are not easily crushed with respect to the load also contributes to the fact that the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 1 are high elongation fibers.
  • the fiber sheet 1a (refer FIG. 8) is extended
  • the fiber is less likely to be cut in the drawing process of the fiber sheet 1a, and the low-fiber density side region 13c is successfully formed while The strength reduction can be effectively prevented.
  • nonwoven fabrics obtained by various manufacturing methods can be used.
  • an air-through nonwoven fabric in which heat-bonding points between fibers are formed on a fiber web obtained by the card method or airlaid method, and a heat-bonding point between fibers is formed on a fiber web obtained by the card method by a heat roll method.
  • Various nonwoven fabrics such as heat roll nonwoven fabric, heat embossed nonwoven fabric, spun lace nonwoven fabric, needle punched nonwoven fabric, and resin bonded nonwoven fabric can be used.
  • the nonwoven fabric an apparent density of 0.005 g / cm 3 or more 0.5 g / cm 3 or less, it is particularly preferable to use 0.01 g / cm 3 or more 0.1 g / cm 3 or less is bulky nonwoven.
  • the second sheet 6 functions as a spacer that separates the absorber 4 and the top sheet 2, and promotes air flow between the absorber 4 and the top sheet 2. . Also by this, the stuffiness in the wearing state of the panty liner 10 is further prevented.
  • the bulky nonwoven fabric for example, an air-through nonwoven fabric, an airlaid nonwoven fabric, a resin bond nonwoven fabric, or the like can be suitably used.
  • the width of the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 are reduced by making the width of the absorbent body 4 smaller than both the width of the top sheet 2 and the width of the second sheet 6 in at least the central region 10C in the longitudinal direction of the panty liner 10.
  • the portion that extends outward in the width direction from the side edge 4a of the absorber 4 can be easily maintained.
  • the water vapor permeability at the left and right sides of the panty liner 10 is less likely to be impaired. Therefore, the stuffiness in the wearing state is further reduced.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 used as the top sheet 2 is a fusion that forms a fiber sheet by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers of a fiber web containing high elongation fibers at the fusion part. It is suitably manufactured by a method for manufacturing a nonwoven fabric comprising a step and a stretching step of stretching the fiber sheet in one direction.
  • FIG. 8 schematically shows a preferable manufacturing apparatus 100 used in the method for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric 1.
  • the manufacturing apparatus 100 is suitably used for manufacturing an air-through nonwoven fabric.
  • the manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a web forming unit 200, a hot air processing unit 300, an extending unit 400, and a lower sheet joining unit 500 in this order from the upstream side to the downstream side of the manufacturing process.
  • the web forming unit 200 is provided with a web forming apparatus 201 as shown in FIG.
  • a card machine is used as the web forming apparatus 201.
  • a card machine the thing normally used in the technical field of an absorbent article can be used without a restriction
  • other web manufacturing apparatuses such as airlaid apparatuses can be used.
  • the hot air processing unit 300 includes a hood 301 as shown in FIG. Inside the hood 301, hot air can be blown by an air-through method.
  • the hot air processing unit 300 includes an endless conveyor belt 302 made of a breathable net.
  • the conveyor belt 302 circulates in the hood 301.
  • the conveyor belt 302 is made of a resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or a metal.
  • the temperature of the hot air blown in the hood 301 and the heat treatment time are preferably adjusted so that the intersections of the high elongation fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 1b are heat-sealed. More specifically, the temperature of the hot air is preferably adjusted to a temperature higher by 0 ° C. to 30 ° C. than the melting point of the resin having the lowest melting point among the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 1b.
  • the heat treatment time is preferably adjusted to 1 to 5 seconds depending on the temperature of the hot air. Further, from the viewpoint of promoting further entanglement between the constituent fibers 11, the wind speed of the hot air is preferably about 0.3 m / sec to 1.5 m / sec. Further, the conveying speed is preferably about 5 m / min to 100 m / min.
  • the stretching unit 400 includes a pair of concave and convex rolls 401 and 402 that can be engaged with each other.
  • the pair of concave and convex rolls 401 and 402 are formed so as to be heatable, and are formed by alternately arranging large-diameter convex portions 403 and 404 and small-diameter concave portions (not shown) in the roll axis direction.
  • the uneven rolls 401 and 402 may or may not be heated, but the heating temperature when heating the uneven rolls 401 and 402 makes it easy to stretch the high elongation fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber sheet 1a described later.
  • the temperature is 10 ° C. higher than the glass transition point of the fiber and 10 ° C. lower than the melting point, more preferably 20 ° C. higher than the glass transition point of the fiber, and 20 ° C. lower than the melting point. is there.
  • the temperature is preferably 67 ° C. or higher and 135 ° C. or lower, more preferably 77 ° C. or higher and 125 ° C. or lower, more preferably 87 ° C. or higher and 115 ° C. or lower.
  • the interval (pitch) between the large-diameter convex portions 403, 403 adjacent to each other in the roll axis direction of the uneven roll 401 and the roll axis direction of the uneven roll 402 are adjacent to each other.
  • the spacing (pitch) between the large-diameter convex portions 404 and 404 is the same spacing (pitch) w, and the spacing (pitch) w is such that the high elongation fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber sheet 1a are successfully used in the stretching apparatus.
  • the pushing amount t of the pair of concave and convex rolls 401 and 402 (the distance between the vertex of the large-diameter convex portion 403 and the vertex of the large-diameter convex portion 404 adjacent to each other in the roll axis direction) is The thickness is preferably 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and particularly preferably 1.2 mm or more and 2.5 mm or less.
  • the mechanical stretch ratio is preferably 1.5 times or more and 3.0 times or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 times or more and 2.8 times or less.
  • the lower sheet bonding portion 500 includes a concavo-convex roll 402 and a flat roll 501 having a smooth surface, and has a concavo-convex shape between the large-diameter convex portion 404 of the concavo-convex roll 402 and the peripheral surface of the flat roll 501.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 and the lower sheet 6 are joined by heating and pressing.
  • the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1 using the manufacturing apparatus 100 which has the above structure is demonstrated.
  • a short fiber-shaped constituent fiber 11 having a heat-extensible composite fiber that is a high elongation fiber is used as a raw material, and a web forming apparatus 201 that is a card machine is used.
  • a fiber web 1b is formed (web forming step).
  • the fiber web 1b manufactured by the web forming apparatus 201 is in a state where its constituent fibers 11 are loosely entangled with each other, and has not yet achieved shape retention as a sheet.
  • the fiber sheet 1 a is formed by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 1 b including the high elongation fibers at the fusion part 12 (fusing step). Specifically, the fiber web 1b is conveyed onto the conveyor belt 302, and hot air is blown in an air-through manner while passing through the hood 301 by the hot air processing unit 300. When hot air is thus blown by the air-through method, the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 are further entangled, and at the same time, the intersections of the entangled fibers are heat-sealed (see FIG. 10A), so that the sheet-like shape A fiber sheet 1a having shape retention is produced.
  • the fused fiber web 1a is stretched in one direction (stretching step). Specifically, the fused fiber web 1a having a shape-retaining property as a sheet is conveyed between a pair of concavo-convex rolls 401 and 402, as shown in FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (c). In addition, the fiber web 1a is stretched, and a large fiber diameter is sandwiched between two small-diameter portions 16 and 16 having a small fiber diameter in one constituent fiber 11 between adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. The large diameter portion 17 is formed, and the change point 18 from the small diameter portion 16 to the large diameter portion 17 is set to be 1/3 of the interval T between the fusion portions 12 and 12 adjacent to the fusion portion 12. Form within the range.
  • the fiber sheet 1a in which the intersections of the constituent fibers 11 are thermally fused at the fusion part 12 is conveyed between a pair of concave and convex rolls 401 and 402. Then, the fiber web 1a is stretched in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction) orthogonal to the machine direction (MD, flow direction).
  • CD orthogonal direction
  • MD machine direction
  • the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 fixing the constituent fibers 11 shown in FIG. Is actively stretched in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction).
  • CD orthogonal direction
  • MD machine direction
  • the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 are formed from the high elongation fiber, and at the same time, the large diameter convex portion 403 of the concave / convex roll 401 and the large diameter convex portion of the concave / convex roll 402 in the fiber sheet 1a.
  • a portion located between the portions 404 is extended more than other portions. In this case, since the constituent fiber of the fiber sheet 1a is a high elongation fiber, even if it is stretched, it is not cut and is successfully stretched.
  • corrugated roll 402 among the fiber sheets 1a is the side area 13c of the protruding item
  • FIG. Therefore, the fiber distance is not cut in the side region 13c by the above-described stretching, and the inter-fiber distance is increased as compared to before stretching. As a result, the fiber density of the side region 13c is lower than other parts, and air permeability is improved. And since the cut
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 manufactured as described above is conveyed to the sheet joining portion of the lower sheet joining portion 500 while being deformed into the uneven shape by the uneven roll 402.
  • the sheet joining portion is supplied with the strip-shaped nonwoven fabric 6 for the second sheet unwound from the roll-shaped roll 6 ′, and the uneven nonwoven fabric 1 is in a state of being overlapped with the strip-shaped nonwoven fabric 6. Introduced between the uneven roll 402 and the flat roll 501.
  • the concave strip portion and the strip-shaped nonwoven fabric 6 in the concave-convex nonwoven fabric 1 are between the large-diameter convex portion 404 of the concave-convex roll 402 and the peripheral surface of the flat roll 501.
  • a band-shaped composite sheet 8 is obtained in which the topsheet 2 made of the nonwoven fabric 1 is joined to the lower sheet 6 at the concave strip portion 14.
  • the belt-shaped composite sheet 8 is introduced into the production line of the panty liner 10 after being wound up, or is introduced into the production line of the panty liner 10 without being wound up.
  • FIG. 11 shows a perspective view of an incontinence pad 10 (hereinafter also simply referred to as “incontinence pad 10”) which is another embodiment of the present invention.
  • 12A is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II in FIG. 11, and
  • FIG. 12B is a diagram showing the back surface (surface on the non-skin contact surface side) of the absorbent body of the incontinence pad 10 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 11 to FIG. 16 which will be described below, the explanation in detail about the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 11 to 16, the same members as those shown in FIGS. 1 to 10 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
  • the incontinence pad 10 includes a liquid-permeable top sheet 2 that forms a skin contact surface, a liquid-impermeable back sheet 3, and a space between the two sheets 2 and 3.
  • the absorbent body 4 is provided.
  • Liquid impermeability includes liquid impermeability.
  • the incontinence pad 10 has a vertically long shape, and has a longitudinal direction X and a width direction Y.
  • the longitudinal direction X coincides with the wearer's front-rear direction when the incontinence pad 10 is worn, and the width direction Y is a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction X in the plan view of the incontinence pad 10.
  • the incontinence pad 10 has an oval shape in plan view.
  • the top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3 extend from the periphery of the absorber 4.
  • an adhesive portion (not shown) for fixing to underwear such as shorts is provided.
  • the absorbent body 4 of the incontinence pad 10 includes an absorbent core 40 and a core wrap sheet 41 that wraps the absorbent core 40.
  • the absorptive core 40 can be comprised from the laminated fiber body of liquid absorbing fibers, such as a pulp, for example, and the mixed fiber body of this liquid absorbing fiber and a water absorbing polymer.
  • the liquid-absorbing fibers constituting the absorbent core 40 include cellulose-based hydrophilic fibers such as pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers, and cellulose acetate.
  • polyolefin fibers such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and condensation fibers such as polyester and polyamide may be included.
  • water-absorbing polymers include sodium polyacrylate, (acrylic acid-vinyl alcohol) copolymer, cross-linked sodium polyacrylate, (starch-acrylic acid) graft copolymer, and (isobutylene-maleic anhydride) copolymer. Examples thereof include a polymer and a saponified product thereof, and polyaspartic acid.
  • Each of the fibers and the water-absorbing polymer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the core wrap sheet 41 a water-permeable fiber sheet such as tissue paper or nonwoven fabric is preferably used.
  • the core wrap sheet 41 may wrap the entire absorbent core 40 with one sheet, or may wrap the entire absorbent core 40 with two or more core wrap sheets.
  • the skin contact surface side and the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent core 40 may be covered with separate sheets.
  • the thickness of the absorber 4 is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 2 mm or more, preferably 15 mm or less, more preferably 10 mm or less, and preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less. is there.
  • the thickness of the absorber 4 is measured by the method described above.
  • Leak-proof cuffs 8 extending in the longitudinal direction are respectively provided at positions on both sides in the width direction Y on the skin contact surface side of the incontinence pad 10.
  • the leak-proof cuff 8 has a free end 8a and a fixed area 8b extending in the longitudinal direction.
  • the fixed area 8b is located on the top sheet 2.
  • the leak-proof cuff 8 is fixed to the top sheet 2 in the fixing region 8b. Further, the fixing region 8b of the leak-proof cuff 8 extends outward in the width direction Y, and the extending portion and the width direction extending portion of the back sheet 3 are joined to form the side flap 7. .
  • an elastic member 8c extending along the longitudinal direction X is attached in a stretched state at a position at or near the free end 8a.
  • a plurality of elastic members 8c are arranged substantially parallel to each other.
  • the portion where the plurality of elastic members 8c are attached forms a planar elastic region 8d.
  • the planar elastic region 8d has a predetermined length along the width direction Y and extends along the longitudinal direction X at least at the position of the wearer's excretory part.
  • the planar elastic region 8d can be expanded and contracted along the longitudinal direction X.
  • the leak-proof cuff 8 has a planar elastic structure in which the position between the free end 8a and the fixed end 8b rises in a substantially L shape toward the wearer's body.
  • the region 8d is in contact with the wearer's skin and prevents side leakage of the liquid.
  • the surface sheet 2 in the incontinence pad 10 of the present embodiment has stripe-like protruding ridges 13 and recessed ridges 14 extending in the longitudinal direction alternately arranged in the width direction. It is comprised from the nonwoven fabric 1 of the uneven structure. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 12A and FIG. 13, the topsheet 2 is joined to the adjacent second sheet 6 (lower sheet) at the joint portion 14 s at the concave strip portion 14, and the convex strip portion. 13 has a hollow structure with the second sheet 6.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 which comprises the surface sheet 2 contains the fiber 11 which has the large diameter part 17 and the small diameter parts 16 and 16 from which a fiber diameter mutually differs as shown in FIG. 6 mentioned above.
  • the non-woven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 will be described in more detail.
  • FIG. 13 the perspective view of the nonwoven fabric 1 used as the surface sheet 2 in the incontinence pad 10 of this embodiment is shown.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 is a nonwoven fabric provided with a plurality of fusion portions 12 (see FIG. 6) formed by heat-sealing the intersections of the constituent fibers 11.
  • the "one direction" where the protruding line part 13 and the recessed line part 14 extend is the same direction as the longitudinal direction X of the incontinence pad 10.
  • “one direction” in which the ridges 13 and the recesses 14 extend is also referred to as an X direction.
  • the nonwoven fabric 1 has a plurality of ridges in which the cross-sectional shapes of both the front and back surfaces a and b are convex upward in the thickness direction (Z direction). It has the part 13 and the concave line part 14 located between adjacent convex line parts 13 and 13.
  • FIG. 14 the cross-sectional shape of front and back both surfaces a and b has comprised the concave shape toward the upper direction of the thickness direction (Z direction) of a nonwoven fabric.
  • the cross-sectional shape of front and back both surfaces a and b has comprised the convex shape toward the downward direction of the thickness direction (Z direction) of a nonwoven fabric.
  • Each of the plurality of ridges 13 extends continuously in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1
  • each of the plurality of ridges 14 extends continuously in one direction X of the nonwoven fabric 1. I am doing.
  • the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 are parallel to each other and are alternately arranged in a direction (Y direction) orthogonal to the one direction (X direction).
  • the concavo-convex structure of the nonwoven fabric 1 including the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 is formed at least in the central region in the width direction Y of the incontinence pad 10.
  • the constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 contains high elongation fibers. Moreover, although the constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 may be comprised including another fiber in addition to the high elongation fiber, it is preferable that it is comprised only from the high elongation fiber. Examples of high elongation fibers and other fibers are as described above.
  • the top of the ridge 13 is formed from the top region 13a, and the bottom of the ridge 14 is formed from the bottom region 13b. Therefore, the ridges 13 of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 each have a side region 13c on both sides sandwiching the top region 13a, and the top region 13a between the top region 13a and the joint 14s. A side region 13c having a lower fiber density is formed. Due to the fact that the fiber density of the side region 13c is lower than the top region 13a or the top region 13a and the bottom region 13b, the liquid that has entered between the ridges 13 is projected via the side regions 13c.
  • the number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the side region 13c constitutes the number of fibers having change points 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a, and the bottom region 13b. More than the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers is formed.
  • the ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13b ) of the number (N 13c ) of fibers having changing points in the constituent fibers to be formed is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less.
  • the number of fibers having the change point 18 (N 13a ) in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a is preferably one or more.
  • the number (N 13b ) of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region 13b is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less.
  • the number (N 13c ) of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side region 13c is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or more and 20 or less.
  • the method for measuring the number of fibers having the change point 18 is as follows.
  • the top sheet 2 in the incontinence pad 10 of the present embodiment is a second sheet 6 as an adjacent lower sheet in each of the concave strip portions 14 of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2. And are joined by thermal fusion.
  • the lower sheet in the present embodiment is a second sheet 6 made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers disposed between the top sheet 2 and the absorber 4. As the aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers, a nonwoven fabric can be generally used.
  • the concave strip portion 14 of the surface sheet 2 is joined to the second sheet 6 continuously along the longitudinal direction of the incontinence pad 10 as shown in FIG. 13 with the nonwoven fabric 1 made of thermoplastic resin fibers,
  • the joining portion 14s extends over the entire longitudinal direction of the portion where the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 overlap.
  • FIG. 14 by continuously joining the concave strip portion 14 of the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6, the liquid that has migrated onto the second sheet 6 below the convex strip portion 13 is transferred to the adjacent convex strip portion. 13 can be efficiently diffused in the longitudinal direction X while preventing the downward movement.
  • the absorption capacity in a wide range in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent body 4 can be more effectively utilized while more reliably suppressing the discomfort caused by the excretion fluid coming into contact with the wearer's skin.
  • the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6, more specifically, the non-woven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 and the aggregates of fibers constituting the second sheet 6 each include fibers of thermoplastic resin.
  • the concave strip portion 14 of the topsheet 2 and the second sheet 6 are integrally heat-pressed and heat-sealed by heat sealing.
  • neither the constituent fiber of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 nor the constituent fiber of the assembly of fibers constituting the second sheet 6 may maintain the fiber form. preferable.
  • the heating temperature by heat sealing is equal to or higher than the melting point of the constituent fibers of one or both of the nonwoven fabric and the fiber assembly.
  • the melting point of the constituent fiber in the case of a composite fiber composed of two components having different melting temperatures is the melting point of the component having the lowest melting point. Since the joining portion 14s has such a configuration, the liquid that has migrated onto the second sheet 6 under the ridge 13 is efficiently diffused in the longitudinal direction X while preventing the liquid from moving under the adjacent ridge 13. Can be made. Therefore, the absorption capacity in a wide range in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent body 4 can be more effectively utilized while more reliably suppressing the discomfort caused by the excretion fluid coming into contact with the wearer's skin.
  • the joining part 14s of the concave line part 14 and the second sheet 6 is liquid-impermeable.
  • the liquid impermeability here means that the liquid does not pass through the top sheet 2 or the second sheet 6.
  • Examples of the method for forming the liquid-impermeable joining portion 14s include a method in which the topsheet 2 and the second sheet 6 are heat-sealed so that the constituent fibers of both do not maintain the fiber form.
  • the second sheet 6 (lower sheet) may be joined by other joining means such as joining with an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive. ).
  • the joining of the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 is not limited to the above-described heat fusion, and other joining means such as joining with an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive may be employed.
  • the second sheet 6 can be made shorter in the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y than the top sheet 2. Alternatively, the length of the second sheet 6 in the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y can be the same as that of the top sheet 2.
  • the non-woven fabric constituting the second sheet 6 is preferably a long-fiber non-woven fabric in which the constituent fibers are oriented in the longitudinal direction X.
  • the long fiber nonwoven fabric is a nonwoven fabric composed of long fibers, and examples thereof include a spunbond nonwoven fabric and a spunlace nonwoven fabric.
  • nonwoven fabrics other than a long-fiber nonwoven fabric can also be used, for example, various constituents, such as a heat roll nonwoven fabric, a heat embossed nonwoven fabric, a spunlace nonwoven fabric, in which the constituent fibers are oriented in the longitudinal direction X
  • a nonwoven fabric or the like can also be used.
  • the degree of orientation of the fiber is measured as a MOR value by a microwave molecular orientation meter MOA-6004 (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
  • the degree of orientation of the fiber is an average value of 5 samples.
  • the liquid that has moved to the hollow space under the ridge 13 or the second sheet 6 moves under the ridge 13 to the adjacent ridge 13. It becomes easy to diffuse in the longitudinal direction without causing side leakage and stickiness.
  • the fiber density of the aggregate of the fibers that constitute the second sheet 6 is higher than the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric 1 that constitutes the top sheet 2.
  • the fiber density (D 13a ) of the nonwoven fabric constituting the top sheet 2 is the fiber at the top of the ridge 13. Density.
  • the fiber density (D13a) at the top of the ridge 13 is measured in the same manner as the fiber density in the top region 13a.
  • the fiber density (D 6 ) of the aggregate of fibers constituting the second sheet 6 is also the thickness of the aggregate of fibers constituting the second sheet 6 using a feather razor (part number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). Except for cutting along the direction Z and magnifying the cut surface at the non-joint portion in the fiber assembly, as described above [Method for measuring fiber density in the top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, and the side region 13c] Cut in the same way.
  • the fiber density of the non-joined portion 6a of the second sheet 6 is preferably measured by observing the cut surface of the second sheet 6 at a portion facing the top (top region 13a) of the ridge 13.
  • the ratio of the fiber density of the second sheet 6 (D 6) is preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 2 or more.
  • high density portions 43 are formed at a plurality of locations in the width direction Y by embossing. Yes.
  • the high density portion 43 is formed so as to have a higher density than the portions 44 and 44 (hereinafter also referred to as a low density portion 44) located on both sides in the width direction, and extend in the longitudinal direction X, respectively. That is, in the absorbent body 4, the high density portions 43 and the low density portions 44 are alternately arranged.
  • each of the high density part 43 is formed in the position which overlaps with the top part of the protruding item
  • the high-density portion 43 extends in the longitudinal direction X and is formed in a plurality of rows in the width direction Y. Each of the high-density portions 43 is continuous with the top of the ridge 13 along the longitudinal direction X. Are overlapping.
  • the high density portion 43 in the present embodiment is formed by pressing between an embossing roll provided with a convex portion and a groove portion alternately extending in the circumferential direction or the axial direction and an anvil roll having a smooth surface on the circumferential surface. And in each high-density part 43, the thickness of the absorber 4 is thin compared with the other part.
  • the non-skin contact surface side surface of the absorber 4 is a surface on the embossing roll side, and the high density portion 43 is formed on the non-skin contact surface side surface of the absorber 4 on the embossing roll circumferential surface. It has a recess corresponding to the ridge.
  • the high density portion 43 may be formed only by pressurization, or may be formed by heating simultaneously with pressurization.
  • the number of high-density portions 43 formed in the width direction Y of the absorbent body 4 and overlapping with the tops of the ridges 13 of the topsheet 2 is plural, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and further Preferably it is 8 or more.
  • the high-density portion 43 has a length in the width direction Y of preferably 20 mm or more, more preferably 50 mm or more. Further, the high-density portion 43 has a continuous length in the longitudinal direction X of preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and still more preferably 100% with respect to the total length in the same direction of the absorbent body 4. It is.
  • the high density portion 43 having a shape long in the longitudinal direction X may be continuously formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body 4, but as shown in FIG. Alternatively, the long, high-density portions 43 may be intermittently formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body 4.
  • the length L3 of the high-density portion 43 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more, and the length L3 of the high-density portion 43 is equal to the length L3. It is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 30% or more of the total length L5 with the length between the high-density portions 43 and 43 adjacent to each other in the longitudinal direction X.
  • the ratio (D 3 / D 4 ) of the density (D 4 ) of the low density portion 44 to the density (D 3 ) of the high density portion 43 is preferably 1.5 or more, and more preferably 3 or more.
  • the density of the high-density part 43 and the low-density part 44 is narrow across the entire area in the thickness direction from the absorber 4 using a feather razor (part number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). A sample is cut out, the mass of each sample is measured, and the measured mass is obtained by dividing the measured area by the volume calculated by multiplying the planar view area by the thickness of the sample. The thickness of the sample is measured under no load before cutting out from the absorber.
  • the top sheet 2 is composed of the nonwoven fabric 1 having a concavo-convex structure having the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 extending in the longitudinal direction X, and the second sheet 6 is configured.
  • the liquid A such as urine
  • the liquid A is, as shown in FIG. 13 quickly enters between the two sides of the top of the ridge 13, particularly from the side region 13 c described above, onto the second sheet 6 below the ridge 13.
  • the liquid B which moved on or in the second sheet 6 under the ridge 13 has a density difference between the non-woven fabric 12 and the second sheet 6, and the recess 14 is joined to the second sheet 6.
  • the hollow structure inside the ridge 13 is easily maintained during wearing, it is difficult to return to the portion of the ridge 13 in contact with the skin. Thereby, the discomfort due to the excretion fluid coming into contact with the skin of the wearer can be more reliably suppressed.
  • the hydrophilicity of the second sheet 6 (lower sheet) is preferably higher than that of the top sheet 2.
  • the hydrophilicity of the second sheet 6 and the hydrophilicity of the top sheet 2 are determined by measuring the contact angle of water with the fibers constituting the second sheet 6 and the contact angle of water with the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2. It is determined that the hydrophilicity of the smaller corner is small.
  • the incontinence pad 10 of this embodiment since it has the high-density part 43 in the part which overlaps with the top part (top part area
  • the liquid B transferred onto the second sheet 6 is absorbed by the high density portion 43 after flowing along the longitudinal direction X on the low density portion 44.
  • the absorption capacity of the wide range of the longitudinal direction of the absorber 4 can be utilized effectively, suppressing the discomfort by excretion liquid contacting a wearer's skin reliably.
  • the second sheet 6 and the absorbent body 4, the layer of the absorbent sheet constituting the absorbent body 4, and the absorbent body 4 and the back sheet 3 are joined with an adhesive, respectively.
  • an adhesive solid coating with a slot coater or the like may be used, but pattern coating is preferred.
  • the pattern coating application include spiral patterns, dot patterns, stripe patterns (striped patterns), lattice patterns, checkered patterns, and the like.
  • the absorbent article of this invention is not restrict
  • the above embodiment is an example in which the present invention is applied to a panty liner or incontinence pad, but instead of this, the present invention may be applied to other absorbent articles such as sanitary napkins and disposable diapers. Good.
  • the second sheet 6 made of non-woven fabric may have the same or shorter length in one or both of the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y of the incontinence pad 10 as the top sheet 2. . Moreover, the incontinence pad 10 may not have a leak-proof cuff.
  • a liquid permeable top sheet that forms a skin contact surface, a back sheet and an absorbent article interposed between both sheets, and an absorbent article having a longitudinal direction and a width direction
  • the top sheet is composed of a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which strip-like ridges and recesses extending in the longitudinal direction are alternately arranged in the width direction, and is joined to the adjacent lower sheet in the recesses
  • the nonwoven fabric is made from at least a high elongation fiber
  • the lower sheet is made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers
  • the ridge has a hollow structure between the nonwoven fabric and the lower sheet
  • the non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between the top region, the top portion of the protruding portion is formed from the top region, and the bottom portion of the recessed portion is formed from the bottom region. Formed, The absorbent article in which the fiber density in the side
  • ⁇ 2> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the uneven structure has at least a central region in a width direction of the absorbent article.
  • ⁇ 3> The absorptivity according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the convex portion can maintain the hollow structure in a state where a load of 4 g / cm 2 is applied to the absorbent article from the surface sheet side. Goods.
  • ⁇ 4> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the surface sheet and the lower sheet are joined intermittently along a direction in which the protruding portion extends.
  • the width of the absorbent body is narrower than both the width of the top sheet and the width of the lower sheet, At least in the central region in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article, the absorbent body has a linear shape on each side edge, and is substantially parallel to the extending direction of the ridges and the ridges ⁇ 1>.
  • the absorbent article has a shape in which each side edge is combined with a curve, In the absorbent article, each side edge is curved convexly outward in the width direction in the front region and the rear region in the longitudinal direction, and each side edge is inward in the width direction in the central region in the longitudinal direction.
  • the absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the absorbent article is curved in a convex shape toward the center, whereby the width in the central region in the longitudinal direction is the narrowest.
  • ⁇ 7> The top sheet and the back sheet are joined at the periphery of the absorbent article,
  • the convex portion can maintain the hollow structure in a state where a load of 20 g / cm 2 is applied to the absorbent article from the surface sheet side.
  • ⁇ 9> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the absorbent body includes an absorbent sheet including a fiber material and a water-absorbing polymer.
  • the thickness of the absorber is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, preferably 5 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or less, and preferably 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less.
  • ⁇ 12> The lower sheet, an apparent density of 0.005 g / cm 3 or more 0.5 g / cm 3 or less, said to ⁇ 1> not particularly made of 0.01 g / cm 3 or more 0.1 g / cm 3 or less is bulky nonwoven
  • ⁇ 13> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters.
  • ⁇ 14> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes a plurality of fused portions formed by heat-sealing intersections of constituent fibers.
  • the ratio (D 13c / D 13a , D 13c / D 13a ) of the fiber density D 13c in the side region to the fiber density D 13a in the top region or the fiber density D 13b in the bottom region is preferably 0.
  • Fiber density D 13a in the apex area is preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably to the ⁇ 1> to is 100 / mm 2 or more 180 lines / mm 2 or less ⁇ 15 > Any one of>.
  • Fiber density D 13b at the bottom area is preferably 80 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably to the ⁇ 1> to be 180 lines / mm 2 or less 90 present / mm 2 or more ⁇ 16 > Any one of>.
  • Fiber density D 13c of the side region is preferably 30 present / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, to further the ⁇ 1> to preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 yarns / mm 2 or less ⁇ 17 > Any one of>.
  • the high elongation fiber has a fineness of preferably 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, more preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less at the raw material stage.
  • the ratio of the high elongation fiber in the nonwoven fabric is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
  • the constituent fiber When attention is paid to one constituent fiber among the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric, the constituent fiber has a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small diameter portions having a small fiber diameter between adjacent fused portions.
  • the large-diameter portion When focusing on one of the constituent fibers, the large-diameter portion is preferably provided with 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 3 or less between the adjacent fused portions.
  • the ratio (L 16 / L 17 ) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion 16 to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.
  • the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 28 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 6.5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 ⁇ m or more and 16 ⁇ m or less.
  • the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 35 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 13 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 15 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, any one of the above ⁇ 22> to ⁇ 26> Absorbent article as described in 1.
  • the change point from the small diameter part adjacent to the fusion part to the large diameter part is 1/3 of the interval T between the fusion parts adjacent to the fusion part.
  • the non-woven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters, In the constituent fibers constituting the top region, the number of fibers having a change point from the small diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large diameter portion in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is the nonwoven fabric. ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 28>, wherein the number of fibers having the change point and the number of fibers having the change point in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region are formed.
  • Absorbent articles are formed.
  • the ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13b ) of the number (N 13c ) of fibers having the above-mentioned change point in the constituent fibers constituting the fiber is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less.
  • the number (N 13a ) of fibers having the change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. Absorbent article.
  • region is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, More preferably, 10 or more and 20 or less.
  • Sheet thickness T S of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 0.5mm or more 7mm or less, and more preferably wherein the 1.0mm or 5mm or less to ⁇ 1> to absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 33>.
  • the layer thickness T L1 of the top region of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less.
  • the layer thickness T L2 of the bottom region of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. The absorbent article as described.
  • the layer thickness T L3 of the side region of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less.
  • the non-woven fabric has an X direction that is a direction in which the ridges and the ridges extend, and a Y direction that is perpendicular to the X direction.
  • a pitch between the top portions of the protruding portions adjacent to each other in the Y direction is preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, and more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 10 mm or less.
  • the height of the protruding portion is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm or less, and more preferably 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, the absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 38>.
  • the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 15 g / m 2 or more 50 g / m 2 or less the average value of the entire, to 20 g / m 2 or more 40 g / m 2 or less and more preferably the ⁇ 1> to any one of ⁇ 39> 2.
  • the absorbent article according to 1. ⁇ 41> The ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 40> according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 40>, wherein the lower sheet is a second sheet made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers disposed between the top sheet and the absorber. Absorbent article.
  • the lower sheet is made of an aggregate of fibers, and the fiber density of the aggregate of fibers is higher than the fiber density of the non-woven fabric constituting the top sheet, according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 41>.
  • Absorbent articles are made of an aggregate of fibers, and the fiber density of the aggregate of fibers is higher than the fiber density of the non-woven fabric constituting the top sheet, according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 41>.
  • ⁇ 43> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 42>, wherein the constituent fibers of the lower sheet are oriented in the longitudinal direction.
  • ⁇ 44> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 42> or ⁇ 43>, wherein the lower sheet is made of a long-fiber nonwoven fabric.
  • ⁇ 45> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 44>, wherein the lower sheet has a higher hydrophilicity than the top sheet.
  • the thickness of the absorber is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 2 mm or more, and preferably 15 mm or less, more preferably 10 mm or less, preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less.
  • ⁇ 47> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 46>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters.
  • ⁇ 48> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 47>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes a plurality of fusion portions formed by heat-sealing intersections between constituent fibers.
  • the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric include high elongation fibers.
  • the high elongation fiber is a core-sheath composite fiber having heat-fusibility.
  • ⁇ 51> Absorption according to the above ⁇ 49> or ⁇ 50>, wherein the fineness of the high elongation fiber is 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less at the raw material stage. Sex goods. ⁇ 52> The absorption according to any one of ⁇ 49> to ⁇ 51>, wherein the proportion of the high elongation fiber in the nonwoven fabric is 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. Sex goods.
  • the constituent fiber of the non-woven fabric has a large-diameter portion with a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small-diameter portions with a small fiber diameter between adjacent fused portions when focusing on one constituent fiber.
  • ⁇ 54> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 53>, wherein the one constituent fiber includes a plurality of large-diameter portions between adjacent fused portions.
  • the constituent fibers of the non-woven fabric are provided with one or more large diameter portions of not less than one, preferably not less than one and not more than three, between adjacent fused portions when paying attention to one constituent fiber 11.
  • the ratio (L 16 / L 17) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.
  • the ratio (L 16 / L 17 ) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.
  • the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 28 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 6.5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 ⁇ m or more and 16 ⁇ m or less, ⁇ 53> to ⁇ 57>
  • the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 35 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 13 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 15 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, any one of the above ⁇ 53> to ⁇ 58> 2.
  • the change point from the small diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large diameter portion is the interval T between the fusion portions adjacent to the fusion portion.
  • the non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between these when viewed in cross-section along the thickness direction Z,
  • ⁇ 62> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 61>, wherein the fiber density of the side region is lower than the fiber density of the top region and the fiber density of the bottom region.
  • the ratio (D 13c / D 13a , D 13c / D 13a ) of the fiber density (D 13c ) in the side area to the fiber density (D 13a ) in the top area or the fiber density (D 13b ) in the bottom area ) Is preferably 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, more preferably 0.2 or more and 0.8 or less, the absorbent article according to ⁇ 61> or ⁇ 62>.
  • Fiber density at the top region 13a is preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, 180 lines / mm 2 or less and more preferably 100 / mm 2 or more, the ⁇ 61 > Absorptive article given in any 1 of ⁇ 63>.
  • Fiber density at the bottom area 13b (D 13b) is preferably 80 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 180 lines / mm 2 or less, the ⁇ 61 The absorbent article according to any one of> to ⁇ 64>.
  • Fiber density of the side region 13c (D 13c) is preferably 30 lines / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, more preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 yarns / mm 2 or less, the ⁇ 61
  • the number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is the number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the top region, and the change in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region.
  • the side region is configured with respect to the number of fibers (N 13a ) having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the top region, or the number of fibers (N 13b ) having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region.
  • the ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13b ) of the number (N 13c ) of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less.
  • the absorbent article according to any one of 62> to ⁇ 67>. ⁇ 69> Regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having a change point of the nonwoven fabric, the number of fibers (N 13a ) having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 62> to ⁇ 68>, wherein is 5 or more and 15 or less.
  • the number of fibers (N 13b ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and further The absorbent article according to any one of the above items ⁇ 62> to ⁇ 69>, preferably 5 or more and 15 or less.
  • the number of fibers (N 13c ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, More preferably, the absorbent article according to any one of the above ⁇ 62> to ⁇ 70>, wherein the number is 10 or more and 20 or less.
  • Sheet thickness T S of the nonwoven fabric is at 0.5mm or 7mm or less, preferably is less than 1.0mm 5mm or less, the absorbent article according to any one of the to ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 71>.
  • the layer thickness T L2 of the bottom region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Goods.
  • ⁇ 75> The absorption according to any one of ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 74>, wherein the layer thickness T L3 of the side region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm.
  • Absorbent article is 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less.
  • ⁇ 77> The absorbent article according to any one of the above ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 76>, wherein the height H of the ridge is 0.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably 1 mm to 3 mm.
  • the basis weight of the nonwoven fabric is a 15 g / m 2 or more 50 g / m 2 or less the average value of the entire sheet, preferably is 20 g / m 2 or more 40 g / m 2 or less, but more preferably, to the ⁇ 42> no
  • ⁇ 79> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 78>, wherein the lower sheet is a spunbond nonwoven fabric or a spunlace nonwoven fabric.
  • ⁇ 80> The ratio (D 13a / D 6 ) of the fiber density (D 6 ) of the lower sheet or the second sheet, which is the lower sheet, to the fiber density (D 13a ) of the top (top region 13a) of the ridge.
  • the absorbent body has a high density portion at a plurality of locations in the width direction where the fiber density is higher than the portions located on both sides in the width direction, and each of the high density portions overlaps with the top of the ridge portion.
  • the high-density portion extends in the longitudinal direction and is formed in a plurality of rows in the width direction, and each of the high-density portions continuously overlaps the top of the ridge portion along the longitudinal direction.
  • the number of high-density portions formed in the width direction Y of the absorbent body and overlapping the tops of the ridges of the topsheet is plural, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and still more preferably 8 More than a book.
  • ⁇ 84> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 81> to ⁇ 83>, wherein the high-density portion has a length in the width direction Y of preferably 20 mm or more, more preferably 50 mm or more.
  • the high-density portion has a continuous length in the longitudinal direction X of preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and still more preferably 100% with respect to the total length in the same direction of the absorber.
  • the length L3 of the high-density portion is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 30% or more of the total length L5 of the length L3 and the length between the high-density portions adjacent to each other in the longitudinal direction X.
  • the ratio (D 3 / D 4 ) of the density (D 4 ) of the low density part to the density (D 3 ) of the high density part is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 3 or more, ⁇ 81
  • the top sheet and the lower sheet include fibers of thermoplastic resin, and the concave portion is joined to the lower sheet by thermal fusion, and the top sheet and the lower sheet are joined at the joint.
  • ⁇ 92> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 91>, wherein a joint portion between the concave strip portion and the lower sheet is liquid-impermeable.
  • ⁇ 93> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 42> to ⁇ 92>, wherein the joint portion is formed continuously in a longitudinal direction.
  • a liquid permeable top sheet that forms a skin contact surface, a back sheet and an absorbent article interposed between both sheets, and an absorbent article having a longitudinal direction and a width direction
  • the top sheet is composed of a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which strip-like ridges and recesses extending in the longitudinal direction are alternately arranged in the width direction, and is joined to the adjacent lower sheet in the recesses,
  • the protruding line portion has a hollow structure between the lower sheet,
  • the lower sheet comprises an aggregate of fibers, and the fiber density of the aggregate of fibers is higher than the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric constituting the top sheet.
  • ⁇ 96> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 94> or ⁇ 95>, wherein the lower sheet is made of a long-fiber nonwoven fabric.
  • ⁇ 97> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 96>, wherein the lower sheet has a higher hydrophilicity than the top sheet.
  • the thickness of the absorber is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 2 mm or more, and preferably 15 mm or less, more preferably 10 mm or less, preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less.
  • ⁇ 99> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 98>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters.
  • the non-woven fabric includes a plurality of fusion parts formed by heat-sealing intersections of constituent fibers.
  • the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric include high elongation fibers.
  • the high elongation fiber is a core-sheath type composite fiber having heat-fusibility.
  • ⁇ 103> Absorption according to the above ⁇ 101> or ⁇ 102>, wherein the fineness of the high elongation fiber is 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less at the raw material stage. Sex goods.
  • ⁇ 104> The absorption according to any one of ⁇ 101> to ⁇ 103>, wherein the ratio of the high elongation fiber in the nonwoven fabric is 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. Sex goods.
  • the constituent fiber of the non-woven fabric has a large-diameter portion with a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small-diameter portions with a small fiber diameter between adjacent fused portions when focusing on one constituent fiber.
  • ⁇ 106> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 105>, wherein the one constituent fiber includes a plurality of large-diameter portions between adjacent fused portions.
  • the constituent fibers of the non-woven fabric are provided with one or more large diameter portions of not less than one, preferably not less than one and not more than three, between adjacent fused portions when paying attention to one constituent fiber 11.
  • the ratio (L 16 / L 17) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.
  • the ratio (L 16 / L 17 ) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.
  • the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion is preferably 5 ⁇ m to 28 ⁇ m, more preferably 6.5 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 7.5 ⁇ m to 16 ⁇ m, ⁇ 105> to ⁇ 109>
  • the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 35 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 13 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 15 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, any one of the above ⁇ 105> to ⁇ 110> 2.
  • the change point from the small diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large diameter portion is the interval T between the fusion portions adjacent to the fusion portion.
  • the non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between these when viewed in cross-section along the thickness direction Z,
  • ⁇ 114> The absorbent article according to ⁇ 113>, wherein the fiber density of the side region is lower than the fiber density of the top region and the fiber density of the bottom region.
  • the ratio (D 13c / D 13a , D 13c / D 13a ) of the fiber density (D 13c ) in the side area to the fiber density (D 13a ) in the top area or the fiber density (D 13b ) in the bottom area ) Is preferably 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, more preferably 0.2 or more and 0.8 or less, according to ⁇ 113> or ⁇ 114>.
  • Fiber density at the top region 13a (D 13a) is preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, 180 lines / mm 2 or less and more preferably 100 / mm 2 or more, the ⁇ 113
  • Fiber density at the bottom area 13b is preferably 80 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 180 lines / mm 2 or less, the ⁇ 113
  • Fiber density of the side region 13c (D 13c) is preferably 30 lines / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, more preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 yarns / mm 2 or less, the ⁇ 113 > Absorptive article given in any 1 of ⁇ 117>.
  • the number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is the number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the top region, and the change in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region.
  • the side region is configured with respect to the number of fibers (N 13a ) having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the top region, or the number of fibers (N 13b ) having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region.
  • the ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13b ) of the number (N 13c ) of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less.
  • the number of fibers (N 13a ) having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 114> to ⁇ 120>, wherein is 5 or more and 15 or less.
  • the number of fibers (N 13b ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and further The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 114> to ⁇ 121>, preferably 5 or more and 15 or less.
  • the number of fibers (N 13c ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 114> to ⁇ 122>, more preferably 10 or more and 20 or less.
  • Sheet thickness T S of the nonwoven fabric is at 0.5mm or 7mm or less, preferably is less than 1.0mm 5mm or less, the absorbent article according to any one of the to ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 123>.
  • ⁇ 126> The absorptivity according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 125>, wherein the layer thickness T L2 of the bottom region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Goods.
  • ⁇ 127> The absorption according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 126>, wherein the layer thickness T L3 of the side region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm.
  • Absorbent article is 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less.
  • ⁇ 129> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 128>, wherein the height H of the protruding portion is 0.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably 1 mm to 3 mm.
  • the basis weight of the non-woven fabric is 15 g / m 2 or more and 50 g / m 2 or less, preferably 20 g / m 2 or more and 40 g / m 2 or less, more preferably ⁇ 94> to The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 129>.
  • ⁇ 131> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 130>, wherein the lower sheet is a spunbond nonwoven fabric or a spunlace nonwoven fabric.
  • ⁇ 132> The ratio (D 13a / D 6 ) of the fiber density (D 6 ) of the lower sheet or the second sheet, which is the lower sheet, to the fiber density (D 13a ) of the top (top region 13a) of the ridge.
  • the absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 131>, preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 2 or more.
  • the absorbent body has a high density portion at a plurality of locations in the width direction where the fiber density is higher than the portions located on both sides in the width direction, and each of the high density portions overlaps with the top of the ridge portion.
  • the absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 132>, wherein ⁇ 134> The high-density portion extends in the longitudinal direction and is formed in a plurality of rows in the width direction, and each of the high-density portions continuously overlaps the top of the ridge portion along the longitudinal direction.
  • ⁇ 135> The number of high-density portions formed in the width direction Y of the absorbent body and overlapping the tops of the ridges of the topsheet is plural, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and still more preferably 8 More than a book.
  • ⁇ 136> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 133> to ⁇ 135>, wherein the high-density portion has a length in the width direction Y of preferably 20 mm or more, more preferably 50 mm or more.
  • ⁇ 137> The absorptivity according to any one of ⁇ 133> to ⁇ 136>, wherein as the high-density portion, a high-density portion having a shape long in the longitudinal direction X is continuously formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body. Goods. ⁇ 138>
  • the high-density portion has a continuous length in the longitudinal direction X of preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and still more preferably 100% with respect to the total length in the same direction of the absorber.
  • ⁇ 139> The absorption according to any one of ⁇ 133> to ⁇ 138>, wherein the high-density portion has a shape that is long in the longitudinal direction X, and a plurality of the high-density portions are intermittently formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 4. Sex goods.
  • ⁇ 140> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 133> to ⁇ 139>, wherein a length L3 of the high-density portion in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more.
  • the length L3 of the high-density portion is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 30% or more of the total length L5 of the length L3 and the length between the high-density portions adjacent to each other in the longitudinal direction X.
  • ⁇ 142> The ratio (D 3 / D 4 ) of the density (D 4 ) of the low density part to the density (D 3 ) of the high density part is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 3 or more, ⁇ 133
  • the top sheet and the lower sheet include fibers of thermoplastic resin, and the concave portion is joined to the lower sheet by thermal fusion, and the top sheet and the lower sheet are joined at the joint.
  • ⁇ 144> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 143>, wherein a joint portion between the concave stripe portion and the lower sheet is liquid-impermeable.
  • ⁇ 145> The absorbent article according to any one of ⁇ 94> to ⁇ 144>, wherein the joint portion is formed continuously in a longitudinal direction.
  • an absorbent article in which the concave-convex structure of the top sheet easily follows the wearer's movement, has good air permeability on the skin facing surface side, and does not easily cause stuffiness when worn.
  • the absorbent article of the present invention it is possible to reliably suppress discomfort caused by the excretion fluid coming into contact with the wearer's skin and to effectively utilize the absorption capacity of the absorber.

Abstract

An absorbent product including a front surface sheet (2) which comprises nonwoven fabric (1) having a corrugated structure composed of ridges (13) and grooves (14) extending in the longitudinal direction and disposed alternately in the width direction Y. The front surface sheet (2) has been bonded to an adjoining lower sheet (6) at the grooves (14). The nonwoven fabric (1) was formed from at least high-elongation fibers as a raw material. The lower sheet (6) comprises a mass of thermoplastic resin fibers. The ridges (13) have a hollow structure. In the ridges (13), the lateral zones (14c) have a lower fiber density than both the top zones (13a) and the bottom zones (13b).

Description

吸収性物品Absorbent articles
 本発明は、生理用ナプキンや使い捨ておむつ等の吸収性物品に関する。 The present invention relates to absorbent articles such as sanitary napkins and disposable diapers.
 吸収性物品の表面シートとして、一方向に延びる筋状の凸条部及び凹条部が幅方向に交互に配された凹凸構造を有するものが知られている。例えば、本出願人は、多数の襞状部を互いに平行に形成した凹凸形成用シートを各襞状部間において基材シートに線状に接合してなる表面シートを提案した(特許文献1参照)。 As a surface sheet of an absorbent article, one having a concavo-convex structure in which streaky ridges and ridges extending in one direction are alternately arranged in the width direction is known. For example, the present applicant has proposed a surface sheet obtained by linearly bonding a sheet for forming irregularities in which a plurality of hook-shaped portions are formed in parallel to each other between the hook-shaped portions (see Patent Document 1). ).
 特許文献2には、透液性の繊維不織布により形成され、波形状に賦型された表面シートが記載されている。波形状は表面シートの長手方向に連続的に形成されている。波形状の頂部と底部は表面シートの長手方向と交差する方向に延びている。波形状の頂部領域と底部領域の間の壁部領域における繊維の密度は頂部領域又は底部領域における繊維の密度よりも低くなっている。 Patent Document 2 describes a surface sheet formed of a liquid-permeable fiber nonwoven fabric and shaped into a wave shape. The wave shape is continuously formed in the longitudinal direction of the surface sheet. The corrugated top and bottom extend in a direction intersecting the longitudinal direction of the topsheet. The density of the fibers in the wall region between the corrugated top and bottom regions is lower than the fiber density in the top or bottom region.
 特許文献3には、吸収性物品の幅方向に所定の間隔を空けて、吸収性物品の長手方向に連続する畝状の凸部を有する表面シートが記載されている。各凸部の両側には、吸収性物品の長手方向に間隔を空けて右側隣接位置と左側隣接位置とに交互に点状の凹エンボスが付与されており、この凹エンボスは全体的に千鳥状に配置されている。 Patent Document 3 describes a surface sheet having bowl-shaped projections that are continuous in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article with a predetermined interval in the width direction of the absorbent article. On both sides of each convex part, dotted concave embosses are provided alternately at the right side adjacent position and the left side adjacent position with an interval in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article, and this concave emboss is generally staggered Is arranged.
特開2002-165830号公報JP 2002-165830 A 特開2008-113866号公報JP 2008-1113866 A 特開2013-244256号公報JP 2013-244256 A
 特許文献1の表面シートによれば、襞状部間に取り込んだ比較的粘性の高い液を、着用者の肌から隔離できるなどの効果が奏される。しかし、尿や比較的粘度の低い液が多量に供給された場合の吸収性については一層の向上が望まれる。また、特許文献2に記載の技術では、吸収性物品の幅方向に延びる凸部及び凹部が表面シートに形成されているので、多量の液が供給された場合に、幅方向の両端からの漏れ(いわゆる横漏れ)や着用者の肌にべたつき感を与える恐れがある。 According to the surface sheet of Patent Document 1, there is an effect that a relatively viscous liquid taken in between the bowl-shaped parts can be isolated from the skin of the wearer. However, it is desired to further improve the absorbability when a large amount of urine or a relatively low viscosity liquid is supplied. Moreover, in the technique of patent document 2, since the convex part and recessed part which are extended in the width direction of an absorbent article are formed in the surface sheet, when a lot of liquids are supplied, it leaks from the both ends of the width direction. (So-called side leakage) and may cause the skin of the wearer to be sticky.
 更に、上述した各特許文献に記載の技術では、吸収性物品の長手方向又は幅方向のいずれか一方向に延びる凸部及び凹部が表面シートに形成されているので、その方向に沿う通気性は確保されるものの、それと直交する方向に関しては、凸部が通気の障壁となってしまう。このように従来の技術では、吸収性物品の肌対向面側において、長手方向及び幅方向の双方で十分な通気性を確保することは容易でなかった。 Furthermore, in the technique described in each of the above-mentioned patent documents, since the convex portion and the concave portion extending in one of the longitudinal direction and the width direction of the absorbent article are formed on the surface sheet, the air permeability along that direction is Although it is ensured, the convex portion becomes a ventilation barrier in the direction orthogonal thereto. As described above, in the conventional technique, it is not easy to ensure sufficient air permeability in both the longitudinal direction and the width direction on the skin facing surface side of the absorbent article.
 本発明は、肌当接面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に介在された吸収体を具備し、長手方向及び幅方向を有する吸収性物品を提供するものである。
 前記表面シートは、長手方向に延びる筋状の凸条部及び凹条部が幅方向に交互に配された凹凸構造の不織布からなり、前記凹条部において、隣接する下側シートと接合されている。
 前記不織布は、少なくとも高伸度繊維を原料とするものである。
 前記下側シートは、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体からなる。
 前記凸条部が前記不織布と前記下側シートとの間に中空構造を有する。
 前記不織布は、頂部域、底部域、及びこれらの間に位置する側部域を有し、前記凸条部の頂部が該頂部域から形成され、前記凹条部の底部が該底部域から形成されている。
 前記側部域の繊維密度が、前記頂部域の繊維密度及び前記底部域の繊維密度のいずれよりも低くなっている。
The present invention provides an absorbent article having a longitudinal direction and a width direction, which includes a liquid-permeable front sheet and a back sheet that form a skin contact surface and an absorbent body interposed between the two sheets. is there.
The top sheet is composed of a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which streaky ridges and recesses extending in the longitudinal direction are alternately arranged in the width direction, and is joined to an adjacent lower sheet in the recess. Yes.
The non-woven fabric is made of at least a high elongation fiber.
The lower sheet is made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers.
The ridge portion has a hollow structure between the nonwoven fabric and the lower sheet.
The non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between the top region, the top portion of the convex portion is formed from the top region, and the bottom portion of the concave portion is formed from the bottom region. Has been.
The fiber density in the side region is lower than both the fiber density in the top region and the fiber density in the bottom region.
図1は、本発明の一実施形態であるパンティライナーを示す斜視図である。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a panty liner according to an embodiment of the present invention. 図2は、図1のII-II線拡大断面図である。FIG. 2 is an enlarged sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG. 図3は、図1に示すパンティライナーに用いた吸収体の断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of an absorber used in the panty liner shown in FIG. 図4は、図1に示すパンティライナーにおける肌対向面側の要部を拡大して示す一部破断斜視図である。FIG. 4 is a partially broken perspective view showing an enlarged main part on the skin facing surface side in the panty liner shown in FIG. 1. 図5は、図4における要部拡大模式図である。FIG. 5 is an enlarged schematic view of the main part in FIG. 図6は、図4に示す不織布を構成する構成繊維どうしが熱融着部にて固定されている状態を説明する図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining a state in which the constituent fibers constituting the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 4 are fixed at the heat fusion part. 図7は、図1に示すパンティライナーにおける肌対向面の平面図である。FIG. 7 is a plan view of the skin facing surface of the panty liner shown in FIG. 図8は、図4に示す不織布の製造に好適に用いられる製造装置を示す模式図である。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing a manufacturing apparatus suitably used for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric shown in FIG. 図9は、図8に示すIX-IX線断面図である。9 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line IX-IX shown in FIG. 図10(a)、図10(b)及び図10(c)は、隣り合う融着部どうしの間の1本の構成繊維において複数の小径部と大径部とが形成される様子を説明する説明図である。10 (a), 10 (b) and 10 (c) illustrate how a plurality of small diameter portions and large diameter portions are formed in one constituent fiber between adjacent fused portions. It is explanatory drawing to do. 図11は、本発明の別の実施形態である失禁パッドを示す斜視図である。FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing an incontinence pad according to another embodiment of the present invention. 図12(a)は、図11のII-II線拡大断面図、図12(b)は、図11に示す失禁パッドの吸収体の裏面(非肌当接面側の面)を示す図である。12A is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II in FIG. 11, and FIG. 12B is a diagram showing the back surface (surface on the non-skin contact surface side) of the absorbent body of the incontinence pad shown in FIG. is there. 図13は、図11に示す失禁パッドにおける要部を拡大して示す一部破断斜視図である。FIG. 13 is a partially broken perspective view showing an enlarged main portion of the incontinence pad shown in FIG. 図14は、表面シートの凹条部と下側シートとの接合部の配置例を示す、失禁パッドの肌当接面の一部抜粋拡大平面図である。FIG. 14 is an enlarged plan view of a part of the skin contact surface of the incontinence pad, showing an example of the arrangement of the joint between the concave portion of the top sheet and the lower sheet. 図15は、高密度部を形成する圧縮部の配置の他の例を示す吸収体の一部拡大平面図である。FIG. 15 is a partially enlarged plan view of an absorbent body showing another example of the arrangement of the compression parts that form the high-density part. 図16は、本発明の作用効果の説明図である。FIG. 16 is an explanatory diagram of the function and effect of the present invention.
発明の詳細な説明Detailed Description of the Invention
 以下本発明を、その好ましい実施形態に基づき図面を参照しながら説明する。
 図1には、本発明の一実施形態であるパンティライナー10(以下、単に「パンティライナー10」ともいう。)の斜視図が示されている。図2は、図1のII-II線拡大断面図である。
The present invention will be described below based on preferred embodiments with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 shows a perspective view of a panty liner 10 (hereinafter also simply referred to as “panty liner 10”) according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is an enlarged sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG.
 パンティライナー10は、図1及び図2に示すように、肌当接面を形成する液透過性の表面シート2、液不透過性の裏面シート3、及びこれら両シート2,3間に介在された吸収体4を具備する。液不透過性は、液難透過性を含む。パンティライナー10は、縦長の形状を有し、長手方向X及び幅方向Yを有している。長手方向Xは、パンティライナー10を着用したときの着用者の前後方向と一致し、幅方向Yは、パンティライナー10の平面視において、長手方向Xと直交する方向である。パンティライナー10は、長手方向中央部が括れた平面視長円形状を有している。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the panty liner 10 is interposed between a liquid-permeable top sheet 2 that forms a skin contact surface, a liquid-impermeable back sheet 3, and both the sheets 2 and 3. The absorbent body 4 is provided. Liquid impermeability includes liquid impermeability. The panty liner 10 has a vertically long shape, and has a longitudinal direction X and a width direction Y. The longitudinal direction X coincides with the wearer's front-rear direction when the panty liner 10 is worn, and the width direction Y is a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction X in the plan view of the panty liner 10. The panty liner 10 has an oval shape in plan view with a central portion in the longitudinal direction constricted.
 表面シート2及び裏面シート3は、吸収体4の周縁から延出した部分が、パンティライナー10の周縁部7において互いに接合されている。パンティライナー10の裏面シート3側の面(非肌当接面)には、ショーツ等の下着に固定するための粘着部(図示略)が設けられている。肌当接面は、吸収性物品又はその構成部材における、着用時に着用者の肌側に向けられる面であり、非肌当接面は、吸収性物品又はその構成部材における、着用時に着用者の肌側とは反対側(通常、下着側)に向けられる面である。 The surface sheet 2 and the back surface sheet 3 are joined to each other at the peripheral edge 7 of the panty liner 10 at portions extending from the peripheral edge of the absorber 4. The surface (non-skin contact surface) on the back sheet 3 side of the panty liner 10 is provided with an adhesive portion (not shown) for fixing to underwear such as shorts. The skin contact surface is a surface directed to the wearer's skin side when worn in the absorbent article or a component thereof, and the non-skin contact surface is the wearer's skin when worn in the absorbent article or component thereof. It is the surface that is directed to the side opposite to the skin side (usually the underwear side).
 パンティライナー10の吸収体4は、吸収性シート42から構成されており、より具体的には、吸収性シート42が2層以上に積層された積層体からなる。2層以上の積層体は、例えば図3に示すとおり、一枚の吸収性シートを折り畳むとともにそれらの層間を接着して積層体としたものであってもよいし、枚葉の吸収性シートを複数枚貼り合わせて積層したものでもよい。また、2層以上の積層体の層間や片面上に追加の吸収性シートを配して一部が肉厚とされた吸収体としてもよい。 The absorbent body 4 of the panty liner 10 is composed of an absorbent sheet 42, and more specifically, a laminate in which the absorbent sheet 42 is laminated in two or more layers. For example, as shown in FIG. 3, the laminate of two or more layers may be a laminate obtained by folding a single absorbent sheet and adhering the layers between them. A plurality of laminated sheets may be used. Moreover, it is good also as an absorber by which an additional absorptive sheet | seat is distribute | arranged to the interlayer of a laminated body of two or more layers, or one side, and one part was made thick.
 パンティライナー10においては、吸収性シート42として、繊維材料及び吸水性ポリマーを含む吸収性シートを用いている。吸収性シートとしては、湿潤状態の吸水性ポリマーに生じる粘着力や別に添加した接着剤や接着性繊維等のバインダーを介して、構成繊維間や構成繊維と吸水性ポリマーとの間を結合させてシート状としたもの等を好ましく用いることができる。また、吸収性シートとして、特開平8-246395号公報記載の方法にて製造された吸収性シート、気流に乗せて供給した粉砕パルプ及び吸水性ポリマーを堆積させた後、接着剤(例えば酢酸ビニル系の接着剤、PVA等)で固めた乾式シート、紙や不織布の間にホットメルト接着剤等を塗布した後高吸水性ポリマーを散布して得られた吸収性シート、スパンボンド又はメルトブロー不織布製造工程中に高吸水性ポリマーを配合して得られた吸収性シート等を用いることもできる。これらの吸収性シートは、2層以上に積層せずに単層構造の吸収体として用いることもできる。また積層する場合の層間は接着しなくてもよい。 In the panty liner 10, an absorbent sheet containing a fiber material and a water-absorbing polymer is used as the absorbent sheet 42. As an absorbent sheet, it is possible to bond between constituent fibers or between constituent fibers and the water-absorbing polymer through adhesive force generated in the water-absorbing polymer in a wet state or a binder such as an adhesive or adhesive fiber added separately. A sheet or the like can be preferably used. Further, as an absorbent sheet, an absorbent sheet manufactured by the method described in JP-A-8-246395, a pulverized pulp supplied in an air stream and a water-absorbing polymer are deposited, and then an adhesive (for example, vinyl acetate) is deposited. A dry sheet solidified with an adhesive, PVA, etc.), an absorbent sheet obtained by applying a hot-melt adhesive between paper and non-woven fabric and then spraying a superabsorbent polymer, spunbond or melt blown non-woven fabric An absorbent sheet obtained by blending a highly water-absorbing polymer during the process can also be used. These absorbent sheets can also be used as an absorber having a single layer structure without being laminated in two or more layers. In addition, the layers between the layers may not be bonded.
 吸収体4の厚みは、好ましくは0.1mm以上、より好ましくは0.5mm以上であり、また好ましくは5mm以下、より好ましくは2mm以下であり、また好ましくは0.1mm以上5mm以下、更に好ましくは0.5mm以上2mm以下である。吸収体4の厚みは、下記の方法で測定される。
 2つの平行な加圧面(固定加圧面と可動加圧面)を持つマイクロメーターであるピーコック式精密測定器(型式R1-C)を用いて厚みTを測定する。測定子可動加圧面の直径は5mm、圧力は100kPa以下で測定する。測定用試験片の大きさは、下記のプレートの大きさ以上とする。試験片上に20mm×20mmのプレート(質量5.4g)を置き、測定子可動加圧面を2mm/sの速度で操作し、該プレートに当て、安定直後の値を読み取る。加圧面間(試験片に加わる圧力)の圧力は1.3kPa以下になる。
The thickness of the absorber 4 is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, preferably 5 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or less, and preferably 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, more preferably. Is 0.5 mm or more and 2 mm or less. The thickness of the absorber 4 is measured by the following method.
The thickness T is measured using a peacock precision measuring instrument (model R1-C) which is a micrometer having two parallel pressing surfaces (a fixed pressing surface and a movable pressing surface). The diameter of the measuring element movable pressing surface is 5 mm, and the pressure is 100 kPa or less. The size of the test specimen for measurement is not less than the size of the following plate. A 20 mm × 20 mm plate (mass 5.4 g) is placed on the test piece, the measuring element movable pressurizing surface is operated at a speed of 2 mm / s, applied to the plate, and the value immediately after stabilization is read. The pressure between the pressing surfaces (pressure applied to the test piece) is 1.3 kPa or less.
 裏面シート3の形成材料としては、吸収性物品の裏面シートに従来使用されている各種のもの等を特に制限なく用いることができ、例えば、液不透過性又は撥水性の樹脂フィルム、樹脂フィルムと不織布とのラミネートシート等を用いることができる。 As the forming material of the back sheet 3, various materials conventionally used for the back sheet of the absorbent article can be used without particular limitation. For example, a liquid-impermeable or water-repellent resin film, a resin film, A laminate sheet with a non-woven fabric can be used.
 本実施形態のパンティライナー10における表面シート2は、図2及び図4に示すように、一方向に延びる筋状の凸条部13及び凹条部14が幅方向に交互に配された凹凸構造の不織布1から構成されている。また、図2及び図4に示すように、表面シート2は、その凹条部14において、隣接する下側シート6と接合部14sにおいて接合されており、凸条部13は不織布1と下側シート6との間で中空構造を有している。表面シート2を構成する不織布1は、後述する図6に示すように、繊維径が相互に異なる大径部17及び小径部16,16を有する繊維11を含んでいる。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, the topsheet 2 in the panty liner 10 of the present embodiment has a concavo-convex structure in which streaky ridges 13 and ridges 14 extending in one direction are alternately arranged in the width direction. It is comprised from the nonwoven fabric 1 of this. Moreover, as shown in FIG.2 and FIG.4, the surface sheet 2 is joined in the concave strip part 14 in the adjacent lower sheet 6 and the joint part 14s, and the convex strip part 13 is the nonwoven fabric 1 and lower side. The sheet 6 has a hollow structure. The nonwoven fabric 1 which comprises the surface sheet 2 contains the fiber 11 which has the large diameter part 17 and the small diameter parts 16 and 16 from which a fiber diameter mutually differs, as shown in FIG. 6 mentioned later.
 表面シート2を構成する不織布1についてより詳細に説明する。
 図4には、本実施形態のパンティライナー10において、表面シート2として用いた不織布1(以下、「不織布1」ともいう。)の斜視図が示されている。図5は、図4に示す不織布1の厚み方向の断面を示す模式図である。図6は、図4に示す不織布1の構成繊維11の拡大模式図である。不織布1は、図4に示すように、構成繊維11どうしの交点を熱融着して形成された融着部12(図6参照)を複数備えた不織布である。また、不織布1においては、図4に示すように、凸条部13及び凹条部14が延びる「一方向」は、パンティライナー10の長手方向Xと同方向であり、一方向(X方向)とも表記する。
The non-woven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 will be described in more detail.
FIG. 4 shows a perspective view of a nonwoven fabric 1 (hereinafter also referred to as “nonwoven fabric 1”) used as the top sheet 2 in the panty liner 10 of the present embodiment. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a cross section in the thickness direction of the nonwoven fabric 1 shown in FIG. 4. FIG. 6 is an enlarged schematic view of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 4, the nonwoven fabric 1 is a nonwoven fabric provided with a plurality of fusion portions 12 (see FIG. 6) formed by heat-sealing the intersections of the constituent fibers 11. Moreover, in the nonwoven fabric 1, as shown in FIG. 4, "one direction" from which the protruding line part 13 and the recessed line part 14 extend is the same direction as the longitudinal direction X of the panty liner 10, and is one direction (X direction). Also written.
 より具体的には、不織布1は、図5に示すように、表裏両面a,bの断面形状がともに厚み方向(Z方向)の上方に向かって凸状をなす複数の凸条部13と、隣り合う凸条部13,13どうしの間に位置する凹条部14とを有している。凹条部14は、表裏両面a,bの断面形状がともに不織布の厚み方向(Z方向)の上方に向かって凹状をなしている。言い換えれば、凹条部14は、表裏両面a,bの断面形状がともに不織布の厚み方向(Z方向)の下方に向かって凸状をなしている。そして、複数の凸条部13は、それぞれ、不織布1の一方向(X方向)に連続して延びており、複数の凹条部14も、不織布1の一方向Xに連続して延びる溝状をなしている。凸条部13及び凹条部14は、互いに平行であり、前記一方向(X方向)に直交する方向(Y方向)に交互に配されている。 More specifically, as shown in FIG. 5, the nonwoven fabric 1 has a plurality of ridge portions 13 in which the cross-sectional shapes of the front and back surfaces a and b are convex upward in the thickness direction (Z direction), It has the concave line part 14 located between adjacent convex line parts 13 and 13. FIG. As for the concave-line part 14, the cross-sectional shape of front and back both surfaces a and b has comprised the concave shape toward the upper direction of the thickness direction (Z direction) of a nonwoven fabric. In other words, as for the concave stripe part 14, the cross-sectional shape of front and back both surfaces a and b has comprised the convex shape toward the downward direction of the thickness direction (Z direction) of a nonwoven fabric. Each of the plurality of ridges 13 extends continuously in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1, and each of the plurality of ridges 14 extends continuously in one direction X of the nonwoven fabric 1. I am doing. The ridges 13 and the ridges 14 are parallel to each other and are alternately arranged in a direction (Y direction) orthogonal to the one direction (X direction).
 不織布1は、図5に示すように不織布1を厚み方向Zに沿って断面視したとき、頂部域13a、底部域13b、及びこれらの間に位置する側部域13cとから構成される。頂部域13a、底部域13b及び側部域13cは、不織布1の一方向(X方向)に連続して延びている。頂部域13a、底部域13b及び側部域13cは、不織布1を厚み方向Zに沿って断面視したとき、不織布1のZ方向の厚みを三等分して、厚み方向Zの上方の部位を頂部域13a、中央の部位を側部域13c、下方の部位を底部域13bとして区別する。凸条部13の頂部は、頂部域13aから形成されている。凹条部14の底部は、底部域13bから形成されている。 The nonwoven fabric 1 is comprised from the top part area | region 13a, the bottom part area | region 13b, and the side part area | region 13c located among these, when the nonwoven fabric 1 is sectional-viewed along the thickness direction Z as shown in FIG. The top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, and the side region 13c extend continuously in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1. The top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, and the side region 13c, when the nonwoven fabric 1 is viewed in a cross-section along the thickness direction Z, divides the thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1 in the Z direction into three equal parts, The top region 13a is distinguished from the central region as the side region 13c and the lower region as the bottom region 13b. The top of the ridge 13 is formed from a top region 13a. The bottom part of the concave line part 14 is formed from the bottom part area | region 13b.
 不織布1は、後述するように、繊維シート1aに、互いに噛み合う一対の凹凸ロール401,402を用いて凹凸加工を施して製造されたものである。上述した不織布1の長手方向Xとは、繊維シート1a(図8参照)に凹凸加工を施して不織布1を製造する際の機械方向(MD,流れ方向)と同じ方向であり、上述した不織布1のX方向に直交する方向Yとは、機械方向(MD,流れ方向)に直交する直交方向(CD,ロール軸方向)と同じ方向である。 As will be described later, the nonwoven fabric 1 is manufactured by subjecting the fiber sheet 1a to uneven processing using a pair of uneven rollers 401 and 402 that mesh with each other. The longitudinal direction X of the nonwoven fabric 1 described above is the same direction as the machine direction (MD, flow direction) when the nonwoven fabric 1 is manufactured by performing uneven processing on the fiber sheet 1a (see FIG. 8). The direction Y orthogonal to the X direction is the same direction as the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction) orthogonal to the machine direction (MD, flow direction).
 図5に示すとおり、不織布1をその厚み方向Zに沿って観察したとき、側部域13cの繊維密度は、頂部域13aの繊維密度及び底部域13bの繊維密度よりも低くなっている。繊維密度とは、不織布1の断面における単位面積当たりの繊維の本数のことである。したがって、側部域13cは、頂部域13a及び底部域13bに比べて繊維の本数が少ない(繊維間距離の大きい)、疎な領域になっている。このことに起因して、側部域13cは、頂部域13a及び底部域13bに比べて通気性が高くなっている。その結果、不織布1を表面シート2として用いている本実施形態のパンティライナーは、その装着状態において、凹条部14に沿って空気が流通するとともに、凸条部13において、側部域13cを通じて、凸条部13と直交する方向に空気が流通する。このように、本実施形態のパンティライナーは、肌対向面側において長手方向X及び幅方向Yのいずれの方向にも空気が流通する構造になっているので、肌対向面側における通気性が良好で、着用状態での蒸れが起こりにくいものとなる。しかも、不織布1からなる凸条部13と凹条部14とが交互に形成されているので、パンティライナー10の着用状態において、表面シート2の凹凸構造が着用者の動作に追従しやすく、肌あたりが良好である。 As shown in FIG. 5, when the nonwoven fabric 1 is observed along the thickness direction Z, the fiber density of the side region 13c is lower than the fiber density of the top region 13a and the fiber density of the bottom region 13b. The fiber density is the number of fibers per unit area in the cross section of the nonwoven fabric 1. Therefore, the side region 13c is a sparse region in which the number of fibers is small (the interfiber distance is large) compared to the top region 13a and the bottom region 13b. Due to this, the side region 13c has higher air permeability than the top region 13a and the bottom region 13b. As a result, the panty liner of the present embodiment using the nonwoven fabric 1 as the top sheet 2 circulates along the concave strip portion 14 in the mounted state, and in the convex strip portion 13 through the side region 13c. The air flows in the direction orthogonal to the ridges 13. Thus, since the panty liner of this embodiment has a structure in which air flows in both the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y on the skin facing surface side, the air permeability on the skin facing surface side is good. Thus, it is difficult for the stuffiness to occur when worn. Moreover, since the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 made of the nonwoven fabric 1 are alternately formed, the concavo-convex structure of the topsheet 2 can easily follow the movement of the wearer when the panty liner 10 is worn, The hit is good.
 特に、パンティライナー10の各側縁を、図1に示すとおり、曲線を組み合わせた形状にして、かつ長手方向前方域10A及び後方域10Bにおいて、各側縁を幅方向外方に向けて凸状に湾曲させるとともに、長手方向中央域10Cにおいて、各側縁を幅方向内方に向けて凸状に湾曲させ、それによって長手方向中央域10Cでの幅が最も狭くなるようにすることで、幅方向Yの外方に向けて水蒸気を効率的に排出しやすくなる。このことによっても、パンティライナー10の着用状態での蒸れが起こりにくいものとなる。 In particular, as shown in FIG. 1, each side edge of the panty liner 10 has a curved shape, and in the longitudinal direction front area 10A and the rear area 10B, each side edge is convex outward in the width direction. In the longitudinal central region 10C, each side edge is curved in a convex shape toward the inner side in the width direction, so that the width in the longitudinal central region 10C is the narrowest. It becomes easy to efficiently discharge water vapor toward the outside in the direction Y. This also makes it difficult for the panty liner 10 to be stuffy when worn.
 頂部域13aでの繊維密度(D13a)、又は底部域13bでの繊維密度(D13b)に対する側部域13cの繊維密度(D13c)の比率(D13c/D13a,D13c/D13a)は、好ましくは0.15以上0.9以下、更に好ましくは0.2以上0.8以下である。具体的に、不織布1の繊維密度の値は、頂部域13aでの繊維密度(D13a)は、好ましくは90本/mm以上200本/mm以下、更に好ましくは100本/mm以上180本/mm以下である。また、底部域13bでの繊維密度(D13b)は、好ましくは80本/mm以上200本/mm以下、更に好ましくは90本/mm以上180本/mm以下である。また、側部域13cの繊維密度(D13c)は、好ましくは30本/mm以上80本/mm以下、更に好ましくは40本/mm以上70本/mm以下である。繊維密度の測定方法は以下のとおりである。 The ratio (D 13c / D 13a , D 13c / D 13a ) of the fiber density (D 13c ) of the side region 13c to the fiber density (D 13a ) in the top region 13a or the fiber density (D 13b ) in the bottom region 13b ) Is preferably 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, more preferably 0.2 or more and 0.8 or less. Specifically, the value of the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric 1 is such that the fiber density (D 13a ) in the top region 13a is preferably 90 / mm 2 or more and 200 / mm 2 or less, more preferably 100 / mm 2 or more. 180 pieces / mm 2 or less. Also, the fiber density (D 13b) at the bottom area 13b is preferably 80 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 180 lines / mm 2 or less. The fiber density of the side region 13c (D 13c) is preferably 30 lines / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, more preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 yarns / mm 2 or less. The method for measuring the fiber density is as follows.
 〔頂部域13a、底部域13b及び側部域13cでの繊維密度の測定方法〕
 フェザー剃刀(品番FAS‐10、フェザー安全剃刀(株)製)を用いて不織布を厚み方向Zに沿って切断する。頂部域13aでの繊維密度に関しては、不織布の切断面の厚みをZ方向に三等分した際の上方の部位である頂部域13aを、走査電子顕微鏡を用いて拡大観察(繊維断面が30~60本程度計測できる倍率に調整;150~500倍)し、一定面積当たり(0.5mm程度)の前記切断面によって切断されている繊維の断面数を数える。次に1mm当たりの繊維の断面数に換算し、これを頂部域13aでの繊維密度とする。測定は3箇所行い、平均してそのサンプルの繊維密度とする。同様に、底部域13bでの繊維密度に関しては、不織布の切断面の厚みをZ方向に三等分した際の下方の部位を測定して求める。同様に、側部域13cの繊維密度に関しては、不織布の切断面の厚みをZ方向に三等分した際の中央の部位を測定して求める。なお、走査電子顕微鏡としては、日本電子(株)社製のJCM-5100(商品名)を用いる。
[Measuring method of fiber density in top region 13a, bottom region 13b and side region 13c]
The nonwoven fabric is cut along the thickness direction Z using a feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). Regarding the fiber density in the top region 13a, the top region 13a, which is the upper part when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is divided into three equal parts in the Z direction, is magnified using a scanning electron microscope (fiber cross section is 30 to 30%). The magnification is adjusted so that about 60 fibers can be measured (150 to 500 times), and the number of cross sections of the fibers cut by the cut surface per fixed area (about 0.5 mm 2 ) is counted. Next, it converts into the number of cross sections of the fiber per 1 mm < 2 >, and makes this the fiber density in the top region 13a. The measurement is performed at three locations, and the average is the fiber density of the sample. Similarly, the fiber density in the bottom region 13b is obtained by measuring the lower part when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is divided into three equal parts in the Z direction. Similarly, the fiber density of the side region 13c is obtained by measuring the central portion when the thickness of the cut surface of the nonwoven fabric is divided into three equal parts in the Z direction. As a scanning electron microscope, JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. is used.
 上述のとおり、凸条部13における側部域13cの繊維密度(D13c)は、好ましくは30本/mm以上80本/mm以下、更に好ましくは40本/mm以上70本/mm以下である。つまり、側部域13cの繊維密度は頂部域13a及び底部域13bでの繊維密度よりも低いことが好ましいものの、該側部域13cの繊維密度はゼロでないことが好ましい。換言すれば側部域13cの繊維密度は0本/mm超であることが好ましい。側部域13cの繊維密度がゼロであるとは、側部域13cに貫通孔が形成されていることを意味する。したがって本実施形態においては側部域13cに貫通孔が非形成であることが好ましい。側部域13cの繊維密度がゼロである場合、すなわち側部域13cに貫通孔が形成されている場合には、該貫通孔を通じて液戻りが起こりやすくなったり、凸条部13が潰れやすくなったりする。これら、貫通孔を形成することによる不都合が生じないようにするために貫通孔の形成個数を減らすと、そのことに起因して凸条部13と直交する方向における空気の流通性が低下してしまう。このように側部域13cに貫通孔を形成することには様々な不都合があるのに対して、本実施形態のように側部域13cの繊維密度を低くすれば、液戻りや凸条部13の潰れを防止しつつ、凸条部13と直交する方向における空気の流通性を確保することができるという利点がある。 As described above, the fiber density (D 13c) of the side region 13c in the convex portion 13 is preferably 30 present / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, more preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 lines / mm 2 or less. That is, although the fiber density in the side region 13c is preferably lower than the fiber density in the top region 13a and the bottom region 13b, the fiber density in the side region 13c is preferably not zero. In other words, the fiber density of the side region 13c is preferably greater than 0 / mm 2 . That the fiber density of the side region 13c is zero means that a through hole is formed in the side region 13c. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is preferable that no through hole is formed in the side region 13c. When the fiber density of the side region 13c is zero, that is, when a through hole is formed in the side region 13c, liquid return is likely to occur through the through hole, or the ridge 13 is likely to be crushed. Or If the number of through-holes formed is reduced in order to prevent the inconvenience caused by forming these through-holes, the air flowability in the direction perpendicular to the ridges 13 is reduced due to this. End up. In this way, there are various inconveniences in forming the through hole in the side region 13c, but if the fiber density of the side region 13c is lowered as in this embodiment, the liquid return and the ridges are formed. There is an advantage that air flowability in a direction orthogonal to the ridges 13 can be ensured while preventing the crushing of 13.
 凸条部13及び凹条部14からなる不織布1の凹凸構造は、パンティライナー1の幅方向Yにおける中央域に少なくとも形成されていることが好ましい。これによって、着用者の肌と最も当接しやすい部位に凹凸構造を設けることができるので、上述した蒸れ防止の効果や、着用者の動作への追従効果が確実に発揮される。特に、表面シート2は、周縁部7(図1参照)よりも内側の領域の全域に凹凸構造を有していることが、これらの効果が一層顕著なものとなる点から好ましい。 The concavo-convex structure of the nonwoven fabric 1 including the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 is preferably formed at least in the central region in the width direction Y of the panty liner 1. As a result, the uneven structure can be provided in a portion that is most likely to come into contact with the skin of the wearer, so that the above-described effect of preventing stuffiness and the effect of following the operation of the wearer are reliably exhibited. In particular, it is preferable that the topsheet 2 has a concavo-convex structure in the entire region inside the peripheral portion 7 (see FIG. 1) from the viewpoint that these effects become more remarkable.
 本実施形態のパンティライナー10においては、少なくとも長手方向中央域10Cにおいて、吸収体4の各側縁4aを直線状とし、かつ該側縁4aの延びる方向を、前記の凹凸構造、すなわち凸条部13及び凹条部14の延びる方向と略平行にすることが好ましい。こうすることで、吸収体4の側縁4aにおいて表面シート2が折曲しやすくなり、パンティライナー10の装着違和感が軽減される。「略平行」とは、完全に平行な場合及び角度が3度以内で交差している場合を包含する。 In the panty liner 10 of the present embodiment, at least in the central region 10C in the longitudinal direction, each side edge 4a of the absorbent body 4 is linear, and the extending direction of the side edge 4a is defined as the concavo-convex structure, that is, the ridge portion. It is preferable to make it substantially parallel to the direction in which 13 and the recessed line portion 14 extend. By doing so, the topsheet 2 is easily bent at the side edge 4a of the absorbent body 4, and the uncomfortable feeling of wearing the panty liner 10 is reduced. The term “substantially parallel” includes a case where they are completely parallel and a case where the angles intersect within 3 degrees.
 不織布1の構成繊維11は高伸度繊維を含んでいる。ここで、構成繊維11が含む高伸度繊維とは、原料の繊維の段階で高伸度である繊維のみならず、製造された不織布1の段階でも高伸度である繊維を意味する。「高伸度繊維」としては、弾性(エラストマー)を有して伸縮する伸縮性繊維を除き、例えば特開2010-168715号公報の段落[0033]に記載のように低速で溶融紡糸して複合繊維を得た後に、延伸処理を行わずに加熱処理及び/又は捲縮処理を行うことにより得られる、加熱によって樹脂の結晶状態が変化して長さの延びる熱伸長性繊維、あるいは、ポリプロピレンやポリエチレン等の樹脂を用いて比較的紡糸速度を低い条件にして製造した繊維、又は、結晶化度の低い、ポリエチレン-ポリプロピレン共重合体、若しくはポリプロピレンに、ポリエチレンをドライブレンドし紡糸して製造した繊維等が挙げられる。それらの繊維のうちでも、高伸度繊維は、熱融着性のある芯鞘型複合繊維であることが好ましい。芯鞘型複合繊維は、同心の芯鞘型でも、偏心の芯鞘型でも、サイド・バイ・サイド型でも、異形型でもよいが、特に同心の芯鞘型であることが好ましい。繊維がどのような形態をとる場合であっても、柔軟で肌触り等のよい不織布等を製造する観点からは、高伸度繊維の繊度は、原料の段階で、1.0dtex以上10.0dtex以下が好ましく、2.0dtex以上8.0dtex以下であることがより好ましい。 The constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 contains high elongation fibers. Here, the high elongation fiber included in the constituent fiber 11 means not only a fiber having a high elongation at the raw material fiber stage, but also a fiber having a high elongation at the stage of the produced nonwoven fabric 1. As the “high elongation fiber”, excluding stretchable fibers that have elasticity (elastomer) and expand and contract, for example, as described in paragraph [0033] of JP 2010-168715, melt spinning is performed at a low speed to form a composite After obtaining the fiber, heat-extensible fiber obtained by performing heat treatment and / or crimping treatment without performing a stretching treatment, the crystal state of the resin being changed by heating, and extending the length, or polypropylene, Fibers manufactured with a relatively low spinning speed using a resin such as polyethylene, or fibers manufactured by dry blending polyethylene into a polyethylene-polypropylene copolymer or polypropylene with low crystallinity and spinning. Etc. Among these fibers, the high elongation fiber is preferably a core-sheath type composite fiber having heat-fusibility. The core-sheath type composite fiber may be a concentric core-sheath type, an eccentric core-sheath type, a side-by-side type, or a deformed type, but is preferably a concentric core-sheath type. Whatever form the fiber takes, from the viewpoint of producing a nonwoven fabric that is soft and soft to the touch, the fineness of the high elongation fiber is 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less at the raw material stage. Is preferable, and more preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less.
 不織布1の構成繊維11は、高伸度繊維に加えて、他の繊維を含んで構成されていてもよいが、高伸度繊維のみから構成されていることが好ましい。他の繊維としては、例えば融点の異なる2成分を含みかつ延伸処理されてなる非熱伸長性の芯鞘型熱融着性複合繊維、あるいは、本来的に熱融着性を有さない繊維(例えばコットンやパルプ等の天然繊維、レーヨンやアセテート繊維など)等が挙げられる。不織布1が高伸度繊維に加えて他の繊維も含んで構成されている場合、該不織布1における高伸度繊維の割合は好ましくは50質量%以上100質量%以下であり、更に好ましくは80質量%以上100質量%以下である。 The constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 may be configured to include other fibers in addition to the high elongation fibers, but are preferably configured only from the high elongation fibers. Other fibers include, for example, a non-heat-extensible core-sheath type heat-fusible composite fiber containing two components having different melting points, or a fiber that does not inherently have heat-fusibility ( Examples thereof include natural fibers such as cotton and pulp, rayon and acetate fibers). When the nonwoven fabric 1 is configured to include other fibers in addition to the high elongation fibers, the proportion of the high elongation fibers in the nonwoven fabric 1 is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, and more preferably 80%. It is not less than 100% by mass.
 高伸度繊維である熱伸長性複合繊維は、原料の段階で、未延伸処理又は弱延伸処理の施された複合繊維であり、例えば、芯部を構成する第1樹脂成分と、鞘部を構成する、ポリエチレン樹脂を含む第2樹脂成分とを有しており、第1樹脂成分は、第2樹脂成分より高い融点を有している。第1樹脂成分は該繊維の熱伸長性を発現する成分であり、第2樹脂成分は熱融着性を発現する成分である。第1樹脂成分及び第2樹脂成分の融点は、示差走査型熱量計(セイコーインスツルメンツ株式会社製DSC6200)を用い、細かく裁断した繊維試料(サンプル重量2mg)の熱分析を昇温速度10℃/minで行い、各樹脂の融解ピーク温度を測定し、その融解ピーク温度で定義される。第2樹脂成分の融点がこの方法で明確に測定できない場合、その樹脂を「融点を持たない樹脂」と定義する。この場合、第2樹脂成分の分子の流動が始まる温度として、繊維の融着点強度が計測できる程度に第2樹脂成分が融着する温度を軟化点とし、これを融点の代わりに用いる。 The heat-stretchable composite fiber that is a high-stretch fiber is a composite fiber that has been subjected to an unstretched or weakly stretched treatment at the raw material stage. For example, the first resin component constituting the core portion and the sheath portion And a second resin component including a polyethylene resin, and the first resin component has a higher melting point than the second resin component. A 1st resin component is a component which expresses the heat | fever extensibility of this fiber, and a 2nd resin component is a component which expresses heat-fusibility. The melting points of the first resin component and the second resin component were determined by thermal analysis of a finely cut fiber sample (sample weight 2 mg) using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC6200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.) at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min. The melting peak temperature of each resin is measured and defined by the melting peak temperature. When the melting point of the second resin component cannot be clearly measured by this method, the resin is defined as “resin having no melting point”. In this case, the temperature at which the second resin component is fused to such an extent that the strength of the fusion point of the fiber can be measured is used as the temperature at which the molecular flow of the second resin component begins, and this is used instead of the melting point.
 鞘部を構成する第2樹脂成分としては、上述のとおりポリエチレン樹脂を含んでいる。該ポリエチレン樹脂としては、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)等が挙げられる。特に、密度が0.935g/cm以上0.965g/cm以下である高密度ポリエチレンであることが好ましい。鞘部を構成する第2樹脂成分は、ポリエチレン樹脂単独であることが好ましいが、他の樹脂をブレンドすることもできる。ブレンドする他の樹脂としては、ポリプロピレン樹脂、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体(EVA)、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体(EVOH)等が挙げられる。ただし、鞘部を構成する第2樹脂成分は、鞘部の樹脂成分中の50質量%以上が、特に70質量%以上100質量%以下が、ポリエチレン樹脂であることが好ましい。また、該ポリエチレン樹脂は、結晶子サイズが10nm以上20nm以下であることが好ましく、11.5nm以上18nm以下であることがより好ましい。 As above-mentioned as a 2nd resin component which comprises a sheath part, the polyethylene resin is included. Examples of the polyethylene resin include low density polyethylene (LDPE), high density polyethylene (HDPE), and linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE). In particular, a high density polyethylene having a density of 0.935 g / cm 3 or more and 0.965 g / cm 3 or less is preferable. The second resin component constituting the sheath is preferably a polyethylene resin alone, but other resins can also be blended. Other resins to be blended include polypropylene resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (EVOH), and the like. However, as for the 2nd resin component which comprises a sheath part, it is preferable that 50 mass% or more in the resin component of a sheath part is 70 to 100 mass% especially polyethylene resin. The polyethylene resin preferably has a crystallite size of 10 nm or more and 20 nm or less, and more preferably 11.5 nm or more and 18 nm or less.
 芯部を構成する第1樹脂成分としては、鞘部の構成樹脂であるポリエチレン樹脂より融点が高い樹脂成分を特に制限なく用いることができる。芯部を構成する樹脂成分としては、例えば、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリエチレン樹脂を除く)、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)などのポリエステル系樹脂等が挙げられる。更に、ポリアミド系重合体や樹脂成分が2種以上の共重合体等も使用することができる。複数種類の樹脂をブレンドして使用することもでき、その場合、芯部の融点は、融点が最も高い樹脂の融点とする。不織布の製造が容易となることから、芯部を構成する第1樹脂成分の融点と、鞘部を構成する第2樹脂成分の融点との差(前者-後者)が、20℃以上であることが好ましく、また150℃以下であることが好ましい。 As the first resin component constituting the core portion, a resin component having a melting point higher than that of the polyethylene resin that is a constituent resin of the sheath portion can be used without any particular limitation. Examples of the resin component constituting the core include polyolefin resins such as polypropylene (PP) (excluding polyethylene resin), polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), and polybutylene terephthalate (PBT). Furthermore, polyamide-based polymers, copolymers having two or more resin components, and the like can also be used. A plurality of types of resins can be blended and used. In this case, the melting point of the core is the melting point of the resin having the highest melting point. Since the nonwoven fabric can be easily manufactured, the difference between the melting point of the first resin component constituting the core part and the melting point of the second resin component constituting the sheath part (the former-the latter) is 20 ° C. or higher. It is preferable that it is 150 degrees C or less.
 高伸度繊維である熱伸長性複合繊維における第1樹脂成分の好ましい配向指数は、用いる樹脂により自ずと異なるが、例えば第1樹脂成分がポリプロピレン樹脂の場合は、配向指数が60%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは40%以下であり、更に好ましくは25%以下である。第1樹脂成分がポリエステルの場合は、配向指数が25%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは20%以下であり、更に好ましくは10%以下である。一方、第2樹脂成分は、その配向指数が5%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは15%以上であり、更に好ましくは30%以上である。配向指数は、繊維を構成する樹脂の高分子鎖の配向の程度の指標となるものである。そして、第1樹脂成分及び第2樹脂成分の配向指数がそれぞれ前記の値であることによって、熱伸長性複合繊維は、加熱によって伸長するようになる。 The preferred orientation index of the first resin component in the heat-stretchable composite fiber, which is a high elongation fiber, is naturally different depending on the resin used. For example, when the first resin component is a polypropylene resin, the orientation index is 60% or less. Is preferable, more preferably 40% or less, and still more preferably 25% or less. When the first resin component is polyester, the orientation index is preferably 25% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and still more preferably 10% or less. On the other hand, the second resin component preferably has an orientation index of 5% or more, more preferably 15% or more, and still more preferably 30% or more. The orientation index is an index of the degree of orientation of the polymer chain of the resin constituting the fiber. And when the orientation index of a 1st resin component and a 2nd resin component is each said value, a heat | fever extensible composite fiber comes to expand | extend by heating.
 第1樹脂成分及び第2樹脂成分の配向指数は、特開2010-168715号公報の段落〔0027〕~〔0029〕に記載の方法によって求められる。また、熱伸長性複合繊維における各樹脂成分が前記のような配向指数を達成する方法は、特開2010-168715号公報の段落〔0033〕~〔0036〕に記載されている。 The orientation index of the first resin component and the second resin component is determined by the method described in paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP 2010-168715 A. A method for achieving the orientation index as described above for each resin component in the thermally extensible composite fiber is described in paragraphs [0033] to [0036] of JP-A No. 2010-168715.
 また、高伸度繊維の伸度は、原料の段階で、100%以上、特に200%以上、とりわけ250%以上であることが好ましい。また高伸度繊維の伸度は、原料の段階で、800%以下、特に500%以下、とりわけ400%以下であることが好ましい。具体的には、高伸度繊維の伸度は、原料の段階で、100%以上800%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは200%以上500%以下、更に好ましくは250%以上400%以下である。この範囲の伸度を有する高伸度繊維を用いることで、該繊維が延伸装置内で首尾よく引き伸ばされて、先に述べた小径部から大径部への変化点が融着部に隣接され、肌触りが良好となる。 Further, the elongation of the high elongation fiber is preferably 100% or more, particularly 200% or more, particularly 250% or more at the raw material stage. The elongation of the high elongation fiber is preferably 800% or less, particularly 500% or less, particularly 400% or less at the raw material stage. Specifically, the elongation of the high elongation fiber is preferably 100% or more and 800% or less, more preferably 200% or more and 500% or less, and further preferably 250% or more and 400% or less at the raw material stage. It is. By using the high elongation fiber having the elongation in this range, the fiber is successfully stretched in the stretching apparatus, and the changing point from the small diameter portion to the large diameter portion described above is adjacent to the fusion portion. , The touch becomes good.
 高伸度繊維の伸度はJISL-1015に準拠し、測定環境温湿度20±2℃、65±2%RH、引張試験機のつかみ間隔20mm、引張速度20mm/minの条件での測定を基準とする。なお、既に製造された不織布から繊維を採取して伸度を測定するときを始めとして、つかみ間隔を20mmにできない場合、つまり測定する繊維の長さが20mmに満たない場合には、つかみ間隔を10mm又は5mmに設定して測定する。 The elongation of the high elongation fiber conforms to JISL-1015, and the measurement is based on the measurement environment temperature and humidity of 20 ± 2 ℃, 65 ± 2% RH, the tensile tester's gripping distance is 20mm, and the tensile speed is 20mm / min. And In addition, when collecting fibers from an already manufactured non-woven fabric and measuring the elongation, when the gripping interval cannot be 20 mm, that is, when the length of the fiber to be measured is less than 20 mm, the gripping interval is set. Measure by setting to 10 mm or 5 mm.
 高伸度繊維である熱伸長性複合繊維における第1樹脂成分と第2樹脂成分との比率(質量比、前者:後者)は、原料の段階で、10:90~90:10、特に20:80~80:20、とりわけ50:50~70:30であることが好ましい。熱伸長性複合繊維の繊維長は、不織布の製造方法に応じて適切な長さのものが用いられる。不織布を例えば後述するようにカード法で製造する場合には、繊維長を30~70mm程度とすることが好ましい。 The ratio (mass ratio, the former: latter) of the first resin component and the second resin component in the heat-stretchable composite fiber that is a high elongation fiber is 10:90 to 90:10, particularly 20: It is preferably 80 to 80:20, particularly 50:50 to 70:30. As the fiber length of the heat-extensible conjugate fiber, one having an appropriate length is used according to the method for producing the nonwoven fabric. For example, when the nonwoven fabric is manufactured by the card method as described later, the fiber length is preferably about 30 to 70 mm.
 高伸度繊維である熱伸長性複合繊維の繊維径は、原料の段階で、不織布の具体的な用途に応じ適切に選択される。不織布を吸収性物品の表面シート等の吸収性物品の構成部材として用いる場合には、10μm以上35μm以下、特に15μm以上30μm以下のものを用いることが好ましい。前記の繊維径は、次の方法で測定される。 The fiber diameter of the heat-extensible composite fiber, which is a high elongation fiber, is appropriately selected according to the specific use of the nonwoven fabric at the raw material stage. When the nonwoven fabric is used as a constituent member of an absorbent article such as a surface sheet of the absorbent article, it is preferable to use a nonwoven fabric having a size of 10 μm to 35 μm, particularly 15 μm to 30 μm. The fiber diameter is measured by the following method.
  〔繊維の繊維径の測定〕
 繊維の繊維径として、繊維の直径(μm)を、マイクロスコープVH‐8000(キーエンス社製)を用いて、繊維の断面を200倍~800倍に拡大観察して測定する。繊維の断面は、フェザー剃刀(品番FAS‐10、フェザー安全剃刀(株)製)を用い、繊維を切断して得る。抽出した繊維1本について円形に近似したときの繊維径を5箇所測定し、それぞれ測定した値5点の平均値を繊維の直径とする。
[Measurement of fiber diameter]
As the fiber diameter, the fiber diameter (μm) is measured by observing the cross section of the fiber at 200 to 800 times with a microscope VH-8000 (manufactured by Keyence Corporation). The cross section of the fiber is obtained by cutting the fiber using a feather razor (product number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). For each extracted fiber, the fiber diameter when approximated to a circle is measured at five locations, and the average value of the five measured values is taken as the fiber diameter.
 原料の段階で、高伸度繊維である熱伸長性複合繊維としては、上述の熱伸長性複合繊維の他に、特許第4131852号公報、特開2005-350836号公報、特開2007-303035号公報、特開2007-204899号公報、特開2007-204901号公報及び特開2007-204902号公報等に記載の繊維を用いることもできる。 In the raw material stage, as the heat-extensible conjugate fiber that is a high elongation fiber, in addition to the above-described heat-extensible conjugate fiber, Japanese Patent No. 4131852, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-350836, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-303035 The fibers described in JP-A No. 2007-204899, JP-A No. 2007-204901 and JP-A No. 2007-204902 can also be used.
 不織布1は、図6に示すように、不織布1の構成繊維11のうちの1本の構成繊維11に着目して、該構成繊維11が、隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間に、繊維径の小さい2個の小径部16,16に挟まれた繊維径の大きい大径部17を有していることが好ましい。具体的には、図6に示すように、不織布1の構成繊維11のうちの1本の構成繊維11に着目して、他の構成繊維11との交点を熱融着して形成された融着部12から、繊維径の小さい小径部16が略同じ繊維径で延出して形成されている。そして、該1本の構成繊維11に着目して、隣り合う融着部12,12それぞれから延出する小径部16,16どうしの間に、小径部16よりも繊維径の大きい大径部17が略同じ繊維径で延出して形成されている。詳述すると、不織布1は、1本の構成繊維11に着目して、隣り合う融着部12,12のうちの一方の融着部12から他方の融着部12に向かって、一方の融着部12側の小径部16、1個の大径部17、他方の融着部12側の小径部16の順に配されている構成繊維11を有している。
 上述したように、不織布1の剛性が高まる部位である融着部12に隣り合うように、低剛性の小径部16が存在することで、不織布1の柔軟性が向上し、肌触りが良好になる。また、大径部17を複数備える、言い換えると構成繊維11に低剛性の小径部16が多く存在するほど、不織布1の柔軟性が更に向上し、肌触りが更に良好になる。
As shown in FIG. 6, the nonwoven fabric 1 pays attention to one constituent fiber 11 among the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1, and the constituent fiber 11 is between the adjacent fusion portions 12, 12. It is preferable to have a large diameter portion 17 having a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small diameter portions 16 and 16 having a small fiber diameter. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, paying attention to one constituent fiber 11 of the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1, a fusion formed by heat-sealing the intersection with the other constituent fibers 11. A small diameter portion 16 having a small fiber diameter extends from the landing portion 12 with substantially the same fiber diameter. Then, paying attention to the single constituent fiber 11, the large-diameter portion 17 having a fiber diameter larger than that of the small-diameter portion 16 between the small- diameter portions 16 and 16 extending from the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. Are extended with substantially the same fiber diameter. Specifically, the non-woven fabric 1 focuses on one constituent fiber 11, and from one of the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 toward the other fused portion 12, It has constituent fibers 11 arranged in the order of a small diameter portion 16 on the side of the attachment portion 12, one large diameter portion 17, and a small diameter portion 16 on the side of the other fusion portion 12.
As described above, the presence of the low-rigidity small-diameter portion 16 adjacent to the fused portion 12, which is a portion where the stiffness of the nonwoven fabric 1 is increased, improves the flexibility of the nonwoven fabric 1 and improves the touch. . Moreover, the softness | flexibility of the nonwoven fabric 1 improves further and the touch becomes still more favorable, so that the small diameter part 16 with low rigidity is provided in the component fiber 11 in multiple numbers.
 不織布1は、図6に示すように、不織布1の構成繊維11のうちの1本の構成繊維11に着目して、隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間に、大径部17を複数(不織布1においては2個)備える構成繊維11を有している。詳述すると、不織布1は、1本の構成繊維11に着目して、隣り合う融着部12,12のうちの一方の融着部12から他方の融着部12に向かって、一方の融着部12側の小径部16、1個目の大径部17、小径部16、2個目の大径部17、他方の融着部12側の小径部16の順に配されている構成繊維11を有している。不織布1は、1本の構成繊維11に着目して、隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間に、大径部17を、肌触り向上の観点と不織布強度低下の防止の観点から、好ましくは1個以上5個以下備え、更に好ましくは1個以上3個以下備えていることが、肌触り向上と不織布強度低下の観点から好ましい。 As shown in FIG. 6, the nonwoven fabric 1 focuses on one constituent fiber 11 among the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1, and includes a plurality of large-diameter portions 17 between the adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. (2 in the nonwoven fabric 1) It has the constituent fiber 11 provided. Specifically, the non-woven fabric 1 focuses on one constituent fiber 11, and from one of the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 toward the other fused portion 12, Constituent fibers arranged in the order of the small-diameter portion 16 on the bonding portion 12 side, the first large-diameter portion 17, the small-diameter portion 16, the second large-diameter portion 17, and the small-diameter portion 16 on the other fused portion 12 side. 11. The non-woven fabric 1 preferably focuses on one constituent fiber 11, and has a large-diameter portion 17 between adjacent fused portions 12, 12, preferably from the viewpoint of improving the touch and preventing the strength of the non-woven fabric from being reduced. It is preferable to provide 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 3 or less, from the viewpoint of improving the touch and reducing the strength of the nonwoven fabric.
 大径部17の繊維径(直径L17)に対する小径部16の繊維径(直径L16)の比率(L16/L17)は、好ましくは0.5以上0.8以下、更に好ましくは0.55以上0.7以下である。具体的に、小径部16の繊維径(直径L16)は、肌触り向上の観点から、好ましくは5μm以上28μm以下、更に好ましくは6.5μm以上20μm以下、特に好ましくは7.5μm以上16μm以下である。大径部17の繊維径(直径L17)は、肌触り向上の観点から、好ましくは10μm以上35μm以下、更に好ましくは13μm以上25μm以下、特に好ましくは15μm以上20μm以下である。
 小径部16及び大径部17の繊維径(直径L16,L17)は、上述した繊維の繊維径の測定と同様にして測定する。
The ratio (L 16 / L 17 ) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion 16 to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion 17 is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0. .55 or more and 0.7 or less. Specifically, the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small-diameter portion 16 is preferably 5 μm or more and 28 μm or less, more preferably 6.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 μm or more and 16 μm or less from the viewpoint of improving the touch. is there. The fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion 17 is preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, more preferably 13 μm or more and 25 μm or less, and particularly preferably 15 μm or more and 20 μm or less from the viewpoint of improving the touch.
The fiber diameters (the diameters L 16 and L 17 ) of the small diameter part 16 and the large diameter part 17 are measured in the same manner as the fiber diameter measurement described above.
 また、不織布1は、図6に示すように、不織布1の構成繊維11のうちの1本の構成繊維11に着目して、融着部12に隣接する小径部16から大径部17への変化点18が、該融着部12から隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間隔Tの1/3の範囲内に配されていることが好ましい。ここで、不織布1の変化点18とは、小さい繊維径で延出する小径部16から、小径部16よりも繊維径の大きい繊維径で延出する大径部17へ、連続的に漸次変化する部位あるいは連続的に複数段階にわたって変化する部位を含まず、極端に一段で繊維径が変化する部位を意味する。また、前記1本の構成繊維11が熱伸長性複合繊維の場合には、不織布1の変化点18とは、芯部を構成する第1樹脂成分と、鞘部を構成する第2樹脂成分との間で剥離することによって繊維径が変化する状態を含まず、あくまで、延伸により繊維径が変化している部位を意味する。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 6, the nonwoven fabric 1 pays attention to one constituent fiber 11 among the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1, from the small diameter portion 16 adjacent to the fused portion 12 to the large diameter portion 17. It is preferable that the change point 18 is arranged within a range of 1 / of the interval T between the fusion parts 12, 12 adjacent to the fusion part 12. Here, the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric 1 is a gradual change continuously from the small diameter portion 16 extending with a small fiber diameter to the large diameter portion 17 extending with a fiber diameter larger than the small diameter portion 16. This means a portion where the fiber diameter changes extremely in one step without including a portion that continuously changes over a plurality of stages. Moreover, when the said one component fiber 11 is a heat | fever extensible composite fiber, the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric 1 is the 1st resin component which comprises a core part, and the 2nd resin component which comprises a sheath part. It does not include a state in which the fiber diameter is changed by peeling between the layers, and it means a portion where the fiber diameter is changed by stretching.
 また、変化点18が、融着部12から隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間隔Tの1/3の範囲内に配されているとは、不織布1の構成繊維11をランダムに抽出し、該構成繊維11を、図6に示すように、走査電子顕微鏡として日本電子(株)社製のJCM-5100(商品名)を用いて構成繊維11の隣り合う融着部12,12間が観察できるように(100倍~300倍)に拡大観察する。次いで、隣り合う融着部12,12の中心どうしの間隔Tを3等分して、一方の融着部12側の領域AT、他方の融着部12側の領域BT、中央の領域CTに区分する。そして、変化点18が、前記領域AT又は前記領域BTに配されていることを意味する。また、変化点18が、該融着部12から隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間隔Tの1/3の範囲内に配されている不織布1とは、不織布1の構成繊維11を20本ランダムに抽出した際に、変化点18を前記領域AT又は前記領域BTに配している構成繊維11が、20本の構成繊維11のうちに少なくとも1本以上ある不織布を意味する。具体的に、肌触り向上の観点から、好ましくは1本以上、更に好ましくは5本以上、特に好ましくは10本以上である。 Further, the fact that the changing point 18 is arranged within a range of 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fused portions 12 and 12 from the fused portion 12 means that the constituent fibers 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 are randomly extracted. As shown in FIG. 6, using JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Co., Ltd. as a scanning electron microscope, the constituent fibers 11 are formed between adjacent fused portions 12 and 12 of the constituent fibers 11. Magnify the image so that it can be observed (100 to 300 times). Next, the interval T between the centers of the adjacent fused portions 12 and 12 is divided into three equal parts, and the region AT on the side of one fused portion 12, the region BT on the side of the other fused portion 12, and the center region CT Break down. This means that the change point 18 is arranged in the area AT or the area BT. Further, the non-woven fabric 1 in which the changing point 18 is disposed within a range of 1/3 of the interval T between the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 from the fused portion 12 is the number of the constituent fibers 11 of the non-woven fabric 1 20. When extracted randomly, the constituent fiber 11 in which the change point 18 is arranged in the region AT or the region BT means a nonwoven fabric having at least one of the 20 constituent fibers 11. Specifically, from the viewpoint of improving the touch, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 10 or more.
 不織布1は、側部域13cを構成する構成繊維11における、変化点18を有する繊維の本数が、頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維11における、変化点18を有する繊維の本数、及び底部域13bを構成する構成繊維11における、変化点18を有する繊維の本数よりも多く形成されている。頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13a)、又は底部域13bを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13b)に対する側部域13cを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13c)の比率(N13c/N13a,N13c/N13a)は、好ましくは2以上20以下、更に好ましく5以上20以下である。具体的に、不織布1の変化点18を有する繊維の本数の具体的な値に関し、側部域13cを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13c)は、好ましくは5本以上20本以下、更に好ましくは10本以上20本以下である。また、頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13a)は、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である。また、底部域13bを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13b)は、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である。変化点18を有する繊維の本数の測定方法は以下のとおりである。 In the non-woven fabric 1, the number of fibers having a change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side region 13c is the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top region 13a, and the bottom region 13b. Is formed more than the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the. The number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top region 13a (N 13a ) or the side region with respect to the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituting fibers 11 constituting the bottom region 13b (N 13b ) The ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13a ) of the number of fibers (N 13c ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting 13c is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less. It is. Specifically, regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric 1, the number of fibers having the change point 18 (N 13c ) in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side region 13c is preferably 5 The number is 20 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 10 or more and 20 or less. Further, the number (N 13a ) of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top region 13a is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. Further, the number (N 13b ) of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the bottom region 13b is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. The method for measuring the number of fibers having the change point 18 is as follows.
 〔頂部域13a、底部域13b又は側部域13cを構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数の測定方法〕
 頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数に関しては、不織布の厚みをZ方向に3等分した際の上方の部位である頂部域13aの頂点付近を、走査電子顕微鏡を用いて拡大観察(繊維断面が30~60本程度計測できる倍率に調整;50~500倍)し、頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維11を20本ランダムに抽出し、20本の構成繊維11の内に変化点18を有する繊維数を数える。これを、頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数とする。測定は3箇所行い、平均してそのサンプルの頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数とする。同様に、底部域13bを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数に関しては、不織布の厚みをZ方向に3等分した際の下方の部位である底部域13bの底点付近を測定して求める。同様に、側部域13cを構成する構成繊維11における変化点18を有する繊維の本数に関しては、不織布の厚みをZ方向に3等分した際の中央の部位を測定して求める。なお、走査電子顕微鏡としては、日本電子(株)社製のJCM-5100(商品名)を用いる。
[Measurement method of the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, or the side region 13c]
Regarding the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the top region 13a, the vicinity of the top of the top region 13a, which is an upper part when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is divided into three equal parts in the Z direction, Is used to enlarge (adjust the magnification so that the fiber cross-section can measure about 30 to 60; 50 to 500 times), 20 constituent fibers 11 constituting the top region 13a are randomly extracted, and the 20 constituent fibers 11 are extracted. The number of fibers having the change point 18 in the is counted. This is the number of fibers having a change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a. The measurement is performed at three places, and the average is the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a of the sample. Similarly, regarding the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the bottom region 13b, the vicinity of the bottom point of the bottom region 13b, which is a lower part when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided into three in the Z direction, Determine by measuring. Similarly, the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers 11 constituting the side region 13c is obtained by measuring the central portion when the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is equally divided into three in the Z direction. As a scanning electron microscope, JCM-5100 (trade name) manufactured by JEOL Ltd. is used.
 不織布1の厚さについては、不織布1の側面視したときの全体の厚さをシート厚みTとし、その凹凸に湾曲した不織布1の局部的な厚さを層厚みTとする。シート厚みTは、用途によって適宜調節すればよいが、吸収性物品の表面シートあるいはサブレイヤーとして用いる場合、0.5mm以上7mm以下が好ましく、1.0mm以上5mm以下がより好ましい。この範囲とすることにより、使用時の体液吸収速度が速く、吸収体からの液戻りを抑え、更に、適度なクッション性を実現することができる。また、荷重が加わっても、凸条部13の形状を維持し得る。 The thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1, the entire thickness of when the side view of the nonwoven fabric 1 and the sheet thickness T S, the local thickness of the nonwoven fabric 1 that is curved to the irregularities and the layer thickness T L. Sheet thickness T S is may be adjusted as appropriate depending on the application, when used as a topsheet or sublayer of the absorbent article, preferably 0.5mm or more 7mm or less, more preferably 5mm or 1.0 mm. By setting it as this range, the bodily fluid absorption speed | velocity at the time of use is quick, the liquid return from an absorber is suppressed, and also moderate cushioning property is realizable. Moreover, even if load is added, the shape of the protruding item | line part 13 can be maintained.
 層厚みTは、不織布1内の各部位において異なっていてもよく、用途によって適宜調節すればよい。頂部域13aの層厚みTL1は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であることが好ましく、0.2mm以上2.0mm以下がより好ましい。底部域13bの層厚みTL2は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であることが好ましく、0.2mm以上2.0mm以下がより好ましい。側部域13cの層厚みTL3は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であることが好ましく、0.2mm以上2.0mm以下がより好ましい。各層厚みTL1、TL2、TL3の関係は、この範囲とすることにより、使用時の体液吸収速度が速く、吸収体からの液戻りを抑え、更に、適度なクッション性を実現することができる。 The layer thickness TL may be different at each site in the nonwoven fabric 1 and may be appropriately adjusted depending on the application. The layer thickness T L1 of the top region 13a is preferably 0.1 mm or greater and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or greater and 2.0 mm or less. The layer thickness T L2 of the bottom region 13b is preferably 0.1 mm or greater and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or greater and 2.0 mm or less. The layer thickness T L3 of the side region 13c is preferably 0.1 mm or greater and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or greater and 2.0 mm or less. The relationship between the layer thicknesses T L1 , T L2 , and T L3 is within this range, so that the body fluid absorption speed during use is fast, the liquid return from the absorber is suppressed, and an appropriate cushioning property is realized. it can.
 シート厚みT及び層厚みTは以下の方法で測定される。
 シート厚みTの測定方法は、不織布1に0.05kPaの荷重を加えた状態で、厚み測定器を用いて測定する。厚み測定器にはオムロン社製のレーザー変位計を用いる。厚み測定は、10点測定し、それらの平均値を算出して厚みとする。
 層厚みTの測定法は、シートの断面をキーエンス製デジタルマイクロスコープVHX-900により約20倍程度で拡大することで、各層の厚みを測定する。
The sheet thickness T S and the layer thickness T L are measured by the following methods.
Method of measuring the thickness of the sheet T S is in a state of applying a load of 0.05kPa nonwoven 1 is measured using a thickness gauge. A laser displacement meter manufactured by OMRON Corporation is used for the thickness measuring instrument. Thickness is measured at 10 points, and the average value is calculated as the thickness.
The layer thickness TL is measured by enlarging the cross section of the sheet with a Keyence digital microscope VHX-900 by about 20 times to measure the thickness of each layer.
 不織布1を平面視したときに、Y方向に隣り合う凸条部13の頂部どうしのピッチは、1mm以上15mm以下が好ましく、1.5mm以上10mm以下がより好ましい。凸条部13の高さH(図4参照)は、0.5mm以上5mm以下が好ましく、1mm以上3mm以下がより好ましい。高さHは、不織布1の厚み方向Zの断面を顕微鏡観察し、無荷重下に測定する。 When the nonwoven fabric 1 is viewed in plan, the pitch between the tops of the protruding strips 13 adjacent in the Y direction is preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, and more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 10 mm or less. The height H (see FIG. 4) of the ridge 13 is preferably 0.5 mm to 5 mm, and more preferably 1 mm to 3 mm. The height H is measured under a no load by observing a cross section in the thickness direction Z of the nonwoven fabric 1 with a microscope.
 また不織布1の坪量は、その全体の平均値で15g/m以上50g/m以下が好ましく、20g/m以上40g/m以下がより好ましい。 The basis weight of the nonwoven fabric 1 is preferably 15 g / m 2 or more 50 g / m 2 or less the average value of the entire, 20 g / m 2 or more 40 g / m 2 or less is more preferable.
 不織布1の構成繊維11の表面には、原料の段階で、繊維着色剤、静電気防止特性剤、潤滑剤、親水剤等の繊維処理剤が、少量付着されていてもよい。 A small amount of fiber treatment agent such as fiber colorant, antistatic property agent, lubricant, hydrophilic agent may be adhered to the surface of the constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 at the raw material stage.
 繊維処理剤を構成繊維11の表面に付着させる方法としては、各種公知の方法を特に制限なく採用することができる。例えば、スプレーによる塗布、スロットコーターによる塗布、ロール転写による塗布、繊維処理剤への浸漬等が挙げられる。これらの処理は、ウエブ化する前の繊維に対して行ってもよいし、繊維を各種の方法でウエブ化した後に行ってもよい。ただし、後述する熱風吹き付け処理よりも前に処理を行う必要がある。繊維処理剤が表面に付着した繊維は、例えば、熱風送風式の乾燥機により、ポリエチレン樹脂の融点より十分に低い温度(例えば120℃以下)で乾燥される。 As a method for attaching the fiber treatment agent to the surface of the constituent fibers 11, various known methods can be employed without any particular limitation. For example, application by spraying, application by a slot coater, application by roll transfer, immersion in a fiber treatment agent, and the like can be mentioned. These treatments may be performed on the fibers before being made into a web, or after the fibers are made into a web by various methods. However, it is necessary to perform the process before the hot air blowing process described later. The fiber having the fiber treatment agent attached to the surface is dried at a temperature sufficiently lower than the melting point of the polyethylene resin (for example, 120 ° C. or less) by, for example, a hot air blowing type dryer.
 本実施形態のパンティライナー10における表面シート2は、図2及び図4に示すように、表面シート2を構成する不織布1の凹条部14のそれぞれにおいて、隣接する下側シート6と熱融着によって接合されている。本実施形態における下側シート6は、表面シート2と吸収体4との間に配された、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体からなるセカンドシート6である。熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体としては、一般に不織布を用いることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, the top sheet 2 in the panty liner 10 of the present embodiment is heat-sealed with the adjacent lower sheet 6 in each of the concave portions 14 of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2. Are joined by. The lower sheet 6 in the present embodiment is a second sheet 6 made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers disposed between the top sheet 2 and the absorber 4. As the aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers, a nonwoven fabric can be generally used.
 表面シート2の凹条部14は、パンティライナー10の長手方向において、連続的にセカンドシート6に接合されており、その接合部14sは、長手方向の両端部に位置するシール部7間にわたっており、その間においてパンティライナー10の長手方向Xに沿って間欠的に形成することができる。表面シート2とセカンドシート6とを間欠的に接合することで、両シート間での通気性を確保することができ、パンティライナー10の装着状態での蒸れを一層軽減することができる。尤も、表面シート2とセカンドシート6とを長手方向Xの全域にわたって連続して接合することは妨げられない。 The concave strip portion 14 of the surface sheet 2 is continuously joined to the second sheet 6 in the longitudinal direction of the panty liner 10, and the joint portion 14s extends between the seal portions 7 located at both ends in the longitudinal direction. In the meantime, it can be intermittently formed along the longitudinal direction X of the panty liner 10. By intermittently joining the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6, air permeability between the two sheets can be ensured, and the stuffiness when the panty liner 10 is attached can be further reduced. However, it is not hindered to continuously join the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 over the entire area in the longitudinal direction X.
 表面シート2とセカンドシート6との接合は、上述した熱融着に限られず、ホットメルト型接着剤等の接着剤による接合等、他の接合手段を採用してもよい。セカンドシート6は、長手方向X及び幅方向Yの長さを、表面シート2よりも短くすることができる。あるいは、セカンドシート6の長手方向X及び幅方向Yの長さを、表面シート2と同じにすることもできる。 The joining of the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 is not limited to the above-described heat fusion, and other joining means such as joining with an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive may be employed. The second sheet 6 can be made shorter in the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y than the top sheet 2. Alternatively, the length of the second sheet 6 in the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y can be the same as that of the top sheet 2.
 凹凸構造を有する表面シート2が平坦なセカンドシート6と接合されていることで、表面シート2の凹凸構造は、これに荷重が加わっても凸条部13の中空構造が潰れにくいものとなる。例えば、パンティライナー10に、その表面シート2側から4g/cmの荷重を加えた状態で、凸条部はその中空構造を維持し得ることが好ましく、20g/cmの荷重を加えた状態で、凸条部はその中空構造を維持し得るものであることが更に好ましい。「中空構造を維持し得る」とは、荷重を加えた後も、凸条部13の内部に空間が存在することをいい、空間の形状が荷重を加える前から変形していることは許容される。凸条部13の内部に空間が存在しているか否かは、表面シートとセカンドシート6の接合体を、厚み方向Zに沿って切断して断面を形成し、その断面を顕微鏡観察することで確認する。4g/cmの荷重は、パンティライナー10をショーツに取り付け、そのショーツを着用したときにパンティライナー10に加わる圧力を想定している。20g/cmの荷重は、パンティライナー10の着用状態において着用者が椅子に座ったときにパンティライナー10に加わる圧力を想定している。 When the topsheet 2 having the concavo-convex structure is joined to the flat second sheet 6, the concavo-convex structure of the topsheet 2 is not easily crushed even if a load is applied thereto. For example, in a state where a load of 4 g / cm 2 is applied to the panty liner 10 from the surface sheet 2 side, it is preferable that the ridge portion can maintain its hollow structure, and a state where a load of 20 g / cm 2 is applied. And it is still more preferable that a protruding item | line part is what can maintain the hollow structure. “A hollow structure can be maintained” means that a space exists inside the ridge 13 even after a load is applied, and the shape of the space is allowed to be deformed before the load is applied. The Whether or not there is a space inside the ridge 13 is determined by cutting the joined body of the top sheet and the second sheet 6 along the thickness direction Z to form a cross section, and observing the cross section with a microscope. Check. The load of 4 g / cm 2 assumes a pressure applied to the panty liner 10 when the panty liner 10 is attached to the shorts and the shorts are worn. The load of 20 g / cm 2 assumes a pressure applied to the panty liner 10 when the wearer sits on the chair in the wearing state of the panty liner 10.
 凸条部13が荷重に対して潰れにくくなっていることは、不織布1の構成繊維が高伸度繊維であることも寄与している。詳細には、後述する不織布1の製造方法において、繊維シート1a(図8参照)を延伸して不織布1を製造するときに、延伸によって繊維が切断されてしまうと、凸条部13が形成されたとしても、圧縮に対する強度が低下してしまう。これに対して高伸度繊維を用いることで、繊維シート1aの延伸過程において繊維の切断が起こりにくくなり、上述した低繊維密度の側部域13cを首尾よく形成しつつ、凸条部13の強度低下を効果的に防止できる。 The fact that the ridges 13 are not easily crushed with respect to the load also contributes to the fact that the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 1 are high elongation fibers. In detail, in the manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1 mentioned later, when the fiber sheet 1a (refer FIG. 8) is extended | stretched and the nonwoven fabric 1 is manufactured, if a fiber will be cut | disconnected by extending | stretching, the protruding item | line part 13 will be formed. Even so, the strength against compression is reduced. On the other hand, by using the high elongation fiber, the fiber is less likely to be cut in the drawing process of the fiber sheet 1a, and the low-fiber density side region 13c is successfully formed while The strength reduction can be effectively prevented.
 セカンドシート6を構成する熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体としては、各種製法によって得られた不織布を用いることができる。例えば、カード法又はエアレイド法により得た繊維ウエブにエアスルー法で繊維どうしの熱融着点を形成したエアスルー不織布、カード法により得た繊維ウエブにヒートロール法で繊維どうしの熱融着点を形成したヒートロール不織布、ヒートエンボス不織布、スパンレース不織布、ニードルパンチ不織布、レジンボンド不織布等の種々の不織布を用いることができる。 As the aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers constituting the second sheet 6, nonwoven fabrics obtained by various manufacturing methods can be used. For example, an air-through nonwoven fabric in which heat-bonding points between fibers are formed on a fiber web obtained by the card method or airlaid method, and a heat-bonding point between fibers is formed on a fiber web obtained by the card method by a heat roll method. Various nonwoven fabrics such as heat roll nonwoven fabric, heat embossed nonwoven fabric, spun lace nonwoven fabric, needle punched nonwoven fabric, and resin bonded nonwoven fabric can be used.
 特に、不織布として、見掛け密度0.005g/cm以上0.5g/cm以下、特に0.01g/cm以上0.1g/cm以下である嵩高の不織布を用いることが好ましい。嵩高不織布をセカンドシート6として用いることで、該セカンドシート6が吸収体4と表面シート2とを隔離するスペーサーとして機能し、吸収体4と表面シート2との間での空気の流通を促進させる。これによっても、パンティライナー10の着用状態における蒸れが一層防止される。嵩高不織布としては、例えばエアスルー不織布、エアレイド不織布、レジンボンド不織布などを好適に用いることができる。 In particular, the nonwoven fabric, an apparent density of 0.005 g / cm 3 or more 0.5 g / cm 3 or less, it is particularly preferable to use 0.01 g / cm 3 or more 0.1 g / cm 3 or less is bulky nonwoven. By using a bulky non-woven fabric as the second sheet 6, the second sheet 6 functions as a spacer that separates the absorber 4 and the top sheet 2, and promotes air flow between the absorber 4 and the top sheet 2. . Also by this, the stuffiness in the wearing state of the panty liner 10 is further prevented. As the bulky nonwoven fabric, for example, an air-through nonwoven fabric, an airlaid nonwoven fabric, a resin bond nonwoven fabric, or the like can be suitably used.
 また、パンティライナー10の少なくとも長手方向中央域10Cにおいて、吸収体4の幅を、表面シート2の幅及びセカンドシート6の幅のいずれよりも狭くすることで、表面シート2の幅及びセカンドシート6の左右の側部のうち、吸収体4の側縁4a(図2参照)から幅方向外方に延出した部分の乾燥状態を保ちやすくなる。その結果、吸収体4が液を吸収した後であっても、パンティライナー10の左右の側部における水蒸気の透過性が損なわれにくくなる。したがって、着用状態での蒸れが一層低減される。 In addition, the width of the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 are reduced by making the width of the absorbent body 4 smaller than both the width of the top sheet 2 and the width of the second sheet 6 in at least the central region 10C in the longitudinal direction of the panty liner 10. Of the left and right side portions, the portion that extends outward in the width direction from the side edge 4a of the absorber 4 (see FIG. 2) can be easily maintained. As a result, even after the absorber 4 has absorbed the liquid, the water vapor permeability at the left and right sides of the panty liner 10 is less likely to be impaired. Therefore, the stuffiness in the wearing state is further reduced.
 本実施形態のパンティライナー10において、表面シート2として用いる不織布1は、高伸度繊維を含む繊維ウエブの構成繊維どうしの交点を融着部にて熱融着して繊維シートを形成する融着工程と、前記繊維シートを一方向に延伸する延伸工程とを備える不織布の製造方法によって好適に製造される。表面シート2として用いる不織布1の製造方法の一実施態様について、上述した不織布1の好ましい製造方法を例に挙げ、図8を参照しながら説明する。図8には、不織布1の製造方法に用いられる好ましい製造装置100が模式的に示されている。製造装置100は、エアスルー不織布の製造に好適に用いられるものである。製造装置100は、製造工程の上流側から下流側に向けて、ウエブ形成部200、熱風処理部300、延伸部400、及び下側シート接合部500をこの順で備えている。 In the panty liner 10 of this embodiment, the nonwoven fabric 1 used as the top sheet 2 is a fusion that forms a fiber sheet by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers of a fiber web containing high elongation fibers at the fusion part. It is suitably manufactured by a method for manufacturing a nonwoven fabric comprising a step and a stretching step of stretching the fiber sheet in one direction. One embodiment of the method for producing the nonwoven fabric 1 used as the top sheet 2 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 schematically shows a preferable manufacturing apparatus 100 used in the method for manufacturing the nonwoven fabric 1. The manufacturing apparatus 100 is suitably used for manufacturing an air-through nonwoven fabric. The manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a web forming unit 200, a hot air processing unit 300, an extending unit 400, and a lower sheet joining unit 500 in this order from the upstream side to the downstream side of the manufacturing process.
 ウエブ形成部200には、図8に示すように、ウエブ形成装置201が備えられている。ウエブ形成装置201としては、カード機が用いられている。カード機としては、吸収性物品の技術分野において通常用いられているものと同様のものを特に制限なく用いることができる。カード機に代えて、他のウエブ製造装置、例えばエアレイド装置を用いることもできる。 The web forming unit 200 is provided with a web forming apparatus 201 as shown in FIG. A card machine is used as the web forming apparatus 201. As a card machine, the thing normally used in the technical field of an absorbent article can be used without a restriction | limiting in particular. Instead of the card machine, other web manufacturing apparatuses such as airlaid apparatuses can be used.
 熱風処理部300は、図8に示すように、フード301を備えている。フード301内では、エアスルー方式で熱風を吹き付けることができるようになっている。また、熱風処理部300は、通気性ネットからなる無端状のコンベアベルト302を備えている。コンベアベルト302は、フード301内を周回している。コンベアベルト302は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等の樹脂、あるいは金属から形成されている。 The hot air processing unit 300 includes a hood 301 as shown in FIG. Inside the hood 301, hot air can be blown by an air-through method. The hot air processing unit 300 includes an endless conveyor belt 302 made of a breathable net. The conveyor belt 302 circulates in the hood 301. The conveyor belt 302 is made of a resin such as polyethylene terephthalate or a metal.
 フード301内にて吹き付けられる熱風の温度及び熱処理時間は、繊維ウエブ1bの構成繊維11の含む高伸度繊維の交点が熱融着するように調整することが好ましい。より具体的には、熱風の温度は、繊維ウエブ1bの構成繊維11の内の最も融点が低い樹脂の融点に対して、0℃~30℃高い温度に調整することが好ましい。熱処理時間は、熱風の温度に応じて、1秒~5秒に調整することが好ましい。また、構成繊維11どうしの更なる交絡を促す観点から、熱風の風速は0.3m/秒~1.5m/秒程度であることが好ましい。また、搬送速度は、5m/min~100m/min程度であることが好ましい。 The temperature of the hot air blown in the hood 301 and the heat treatment time are preferably adjusted so that the intersections of the high elongation fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 1b are heat-sealed. More specifically, the temperature of the hot air is preferably adjusted to a temperature higher by 0 ° C. to 30 ° C. than the melting point of the resin having the lowest melting point among the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 1b. The heat treatment time is preferably adjusted to 1 to 5 seconds depending on the temperature of the hot air. Further, from the viewpoint of promoting further entanglement between the constituent fibers 11, the wind speed of the hot air is preferably about 0.3 m / sec to 1.5 m / sec. Further, the conveying speed is preferably about 5 m / min to 100 m / min.
 延伸部400は、図8及び図9に示すように、互いに噛み合いが可能になっている一対の凹凸ロール401,402を備えている。一対の凹凸ロール401,402は、加熱可能に形成されており、それぞれ、大径凸部403,404と小径凹部(図示せず)とがロール軸方向に交互に配されて形成されている。凹凸ロール401,402は加熱してもしなくてもよいが、凹凸ロール401,402を加熱する場合の加熱温度は、後述する繊維シート1aの構成繊維11の含む高伸度繊維を延伸しやすくする観点から、高伸度繊維内の最もガラス転移点が高い樹脂のガラス転移点以上、高伸度繊維内の最も融点が低い樹脂の融点以下にすることが好ましい。より好ましくは繊維のガラス転移点より10℃高い温度以上、融点よりも10℃低い温度以下であり、更に好ましくは繊維のガラス転移点より20℃高い温度以上、融点よりも20℃低い温度以下である。例えば、繊維に芯/鞘構造の繊維として、ガラス転移点67℃、融点258℃のPET(芯)/ガラス転移点-20℃、融点135℃のPE(鞘)を用いた際に加熱する場合には、67℃以上、135℃以下が好ましく、より好ましくは77℃以上、125℃以下、更に好ましくは87℃以上、115℃以下に加温する。 As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the stretching unit 400 includes a pair of concave and convex rolls 401 and 402 that can be engaged with each other. The pair of concave and convex rolls 401 and 402 are formed so as to be heatable, and are formed by alternately arranging large-diameter convex portions 403 and 404 and small-diameter concave portions (not shown) in the roll axis direction. The uneven rolls 401 and 402 may or may not be heated, but the heating temperature when heating the uneven rolls 401 and 402 makes it easy to stretch the high elongation fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber sheet 1a described later. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to be not less than the glass transition point of the resin having the highest glass transition point in the high elongation fiber and not more than the melting point of the resin having the lowest melting point in the high elongation fiber. More preferably, the temperature is 10 ° C. higher than the glass transition point of the fiber and 10 ° C. lower than the melting point, more preferably 20 ° C. higher than the glass transition point of the fiber, and 20 ° C. lower than the melting point. is there. For example, when a fiber having a core / sheath structure of PET (core) having a glass transition point of 67 ° C. and a melting point of 258 ° C./PE (sheath) having a glass transition point of −20 ° C. and a melting point of 135 ° C. is used as the fiber. The temperature is preferably 67 ° C. or higher and 135 ° C. or lower, more preferably 77 ° C. or higher and 125 ° C. or lower, more preferably 87 ° C. or higher and 115 ° C. or lower.
 また、製造装置100においては、図9に示すように、凹凸ロール401のロール軸方向に隣り合う大径凸部どうし403,403の間隔(ピッチ)、及び凹凸ロール402のロール軸方向に隣り合う大径凸部どうし404,404の間隔(ピッチ)が同じ間隔(ピッチ)wであり、間隔(ピッチ)wは、繊維シート1aの構成繊維11の含む高伸度繊維が延伸装置内で首尾よく引き伸ばされて、先に述べた小径部から大径部への変化点が融着部に隣接され、肌触りが良好となる観点から、好ましくは1mm以上10mm以下であり、特に好ましくは1.5mm以上8mm以下である。同様の観点から、図10に示すように、一対の凹凸ロール401,402の押し込み量t(ロール軸方向に隣り合う大径凸部403の頂点と大径凸部404の頂点との間隔)は、好ましくは1mm以上3mm以下であり、特に好ましくは1.2mm以上2.5mm以下である。そして機械延伸倍率は、同様の観点から、好ましくは1.5倍以上3.0倍以下であり、特に好ましくは1.7倍以上2.8倍以下である。 In the manufacturing apparatus 100, as shown in FIG. 9, the interval (pitch) between the large-diameter convex portions 403, 403 adjacent to each other in the roll axis direction of the uneven roll 401 and the roll axis direction of the uneven roll 402 are adjacent to each other. The spacing (pitch) between the large-diameter convex portions 404 and 404 is the same spacing (pitch) w, and the spacing (pitch) w is such that the high elongation fibers included in the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber sheet 1a are successfully used in the stretching apparatus. From the viewpoint of stretching and extending the previously described small-diameter portion to the large-diameter portion adjacent to the fusion-bonded portion to improve the touch, it is preferably 1 mm or more and 10 mm or less, particularly preferably 1.5 mm or more. 8 mm or less. From the same viewpoint, as shown in FIG. 10, the pushing amount t of the pair of concave and convex rolls 401 and 402 (the distance between the vertex of the large-diameter convex portion 403 and the vertex of the large-diameter convex portion 404 adjacent to each other in the roll axis direction) is The thickness is preferably 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and particularly preferably 1.2 mm or more and 2.5 mm or less. From the same viewpoint, the mechanical stretch ratio is preferably 1.5 times or more and 3.0 times or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 times or more and 2.8 times or less.
 下側シート接合部500は、凹凸ロール402と表面平滑なフラットロール501とを備えており、凹凸ロール402の大径凸部404とフラットロール501の周面との間で、凹凸形状とされた不織布1と下側シート6とを、加熱及び加圧することにより接合する。 The lower sheet bonding portion 500 includes a concavo-convex roll 402 and a flat roll 501 having a smooth surface, and has a concavo-convex shape between the large-diameter convex portion 404 of the concavo-convex roll 402 and the peripheral surface of the flat roll 501. The nonwoven fabric 1 and the lower sheet 6 are joined by heating and pressing.
 以上の構成を有する製造装置100を用いた不織布1の製造方法について説明する。
 先ず、図8に示すように、ウエブ形成部200にて、高伸度繊維である熱伸長性複合繊維を有する短繊維状の構成繊維11を原料として用い、カード機であるウエブ形成装置201によって繊維ウエブ1bを形成する(ウエブ形成工程)。ウエブ形成装置201によって製造された繊維ウエブ1bは、その構成繊維11どうしが緩く絡合した状態にあり、シートとしての保形性を獲得するには至っていない。
The manufacturing method of the nonwoven fabric 1 using the manufacturing apparatus 100 which has the above structure is demonstrated.
First, as shown in FIG. 8, in the web forming unit 200, a short fiber-shaped constituent fiber 11 having a heat-extensible composite fiber that is a high elongation fiber is used as a raw material, and a web forming apparatus 201 that is a card machine is used. A fiber web 1b is formed (web forming step). The fiber web 1b manufactured by the web forming apparatus 201 is in a state where its constituent fibers 11 are loosely entangled with each other, and has not yet achieved shape retention as a sheet.
 次いで、図8に示すように、高伸度繊維を含む繊維ウエブ1bの構成繊維11どうしの交点を融着部12にて熱融着して繊維シート1aを形成する(融着工程)。具体的には、繊維ウエブ1bは、コンベアベルト302上に搬送され、熱風処理部300にて、フード301内を通過する間に、熱風がエアスルー方式で吹き付けられる。このようにエアスルー方式で熱風が吹き付けられると、繊維ウエブ10の構成繊維11どうしが更に交絡すると同時に、絡合した繊維の交点が熱融着して(図10(a)参照)、シート状の保形性を有する繊維シート1aが製造される。 Next, as shown in FIG. 8, the fiber sheet 1 a is formed by thermally fusing the intersections of the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 1 b including the high elongation fibers at the fusion part 12 (fusing step). Specifically, the fiber web 1b is conveyed onto the conveyor belt 302, and hot air is blown in an air-through manner while passing through the hood 301 by the hot air processing unit 300. When hot air is thus blown by the air-through method, the constituent fibers 11 of the fiber web 10 are further entangled, and at the same time, the intersections of the entangled fibers are heat-sealed (see FIG. 10A), so that the sheet-like shape A fiber sheet 1a having shape retention is produced.
 次いで、図8に示すように、融着された繊維ウエブ1aを一方向に延伸する(延伸工程)。具体的には、シートとしての保形性を有する融着された繊維ウエブ1aを、一対の凹凸ロール401,402の間に搬送して、図10(a)~図10(c)に示すように、繊維ウエブ1aを延伸して、隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間の1本の構成繊維11に、繊維径の小さい2個の小径部16,16に挟まれた繊維径の大きい大径部17を形成するとともに、該小径部16から該大径部17への変化点18を、該融着部12から隣り合う該融着部12,12どうしの間隔Tの1/3の範囲内に形成する。詳述すると、図10(a)に示すような、構成繊維11どうしの交点が融着部12にて熱融着している繊維シート1aを、一対の凹凸ロール401,402の間に搬送して、繊維ウエブ1aを、機械方向(MD,流れ方向)に直交する直交方向(CD,ロール軸方向)に延伸する。繊維シート1aが直交方向(CD,ロール軸方向)に延伸される際には、図10(a)に示す、構成繊維11どうしを固定している隣り合う該融着部12,12どうしの間の領域が、直交方向(CD,ロール軸方向)に積極的に引き伸ばされる。特に、図10(b)に示すように、構成繊維11どうしを固定している各融着部12の近傍で、先ず局部収縮が起こりやすく、隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間の1本の構成繊維11に関しては、両端に2個の小径部16,16が形成され、該2個の小径部16,16に挟まれた部分が大径部17となり、2個の小径部16,16に挟まれた大径部17が形成される。このように、各融着部12の近傍で、先ず局部収縮が起こりやすいので、小径部16から大径部17への変化点18が、該融着部12から隣り合う該融着部12,12どうしの間隔Tの1/3の範囲内に形成される。 Next, as shown in FIG. 8, the fused fiber web 1a is stretched in one direction (stretching step). Specifically, the fused fiber web 1a having a shape-retaining property as a sheet is conveyed between a pair of concavo- convex rolls 401 and 402, as shown in FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (c). In addition, the fiber web 1a is stretched, and a large fiber diameter is sandwiched between two small- diameter portions 16 and 16 having a small fiber diameter in one constituent fiber 11 between adjacent fusion portions 12 and 12. The large diameter portion 17 is formed, and the change point 18 from the small diameter portion 16 to the large diameter portion 17 is set to be 1/3 of the interval T between the fusion portions 12 and 12 adjacent to the fusion portion 12. Form within the range. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10A, the fiber sheet 1a in which the intersections of the constituent fibers 11 are thermally fused at the fusion part 12 is conveyed between a pair of concave and convex rolls 401 and 402. Then, the fiber web 1a is stretched in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction) orthogonal to the machine direction (MD, flow direction). When the fiber sheet 1a is stretched in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction), the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 fixing the constituent fibers 11 shown in FIG. Is actively stretched in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction). In particular, as shown in FIG. 10B, local contraction is likely to occur first in the vicinity of each fusion part 12 that fixes the constituent fibers 11, and 1 between adjacent fusion parts 12, 12. With respect to the constituent fiber 11, two small- diameter portions 16, 16 are formed at both ends, and a portion sandwiched between the two small- diameter portions 16, 16 becomes a large-diameter portion 17. A large-diameter portion 17 sandwiched between 16 is formed. In this way, local contraction is likely to occur first in the vicinity of each fusion part 12, so that the change point 18 from the small diameter part 16 to the large diameter part 17 is adjacent to the fusion part 12 adjacent to the fusion part 12. It is formed within a range of 1/3 of the interval T between the twelve.
 そして、一部の隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間の1本の構成繊維11に関しては、図10(c)に示すように、伸長できる余地(伸びしろ)を残した状態で、更に直交方向(CD,ロール軸方向)に延伸され、該隣り合う融着部12,12どうしの間の大径部17が延伸され、大径部17の中に小径部16が複数形成されるようになる。 And about the one component fiber 11 between some adjacent fusion | melting parts 12 and 12, as shown in FIG.10 (c), in the state which left the room (extension margin) which can be extended | stretched, further It is stretched in the orthogonal direction (CD, roll axis direction), the large diameter portion 17 between the adjacent fused portions 12, 12 is stretched, and a plurality of small diameter portions 16 are formed in the large diameter portion 17. become.
 延伸工程においては、高伸度繊維から小径部16及び大径部17が形成されるのと同時に、繊維シート1aのうち、凹凸ロール401の大径凸部403と、凹凸ロール402の大径凸部404との間に位置する部分が、他の部分よりも引き延ばされる。この場合、繊維シート1aの構成繊維は高伸度繊維なので、引き伸ばしを受けても切断せず、首尾よく引き伸ばしが行われる。繊維シート1aのうち、凹凸ロール401の大径凸部403と、凹凸ロール402の大径凸部404との間に位置する部分は、目的とする不織布1における凸条部13の側部域13cであるから、前記の引き伸ばしによって側部域13cでは繊維が切断されることなく繊維間距離が延伸前に比べて増加する。その結果、側部域13cの繊維密度が他の部位よりも低下して、通気性が向上する。しかも、側部域13cを構成する繊維に切断は生じていないので、凸条部13の強度が高いレベルに維持される。その結果、凸条部13に荷重が加わっても、該凸条部13が潰れにくくなる。 In the stretching step, the small diameter portion 16 and the large diameter portion 17 are formed from the high elongation fiber, and at the same time, the large diameter convex portion 403 of the concave / convex roll 401 and the large diameter convex portion of the concave / convex roll 402 in the fiber sheet 1a. A portion located between the portions 404 is extended more than other portions. In this case, since the constituent fiber of the fiber sheet 1a is a high elongation fiber, even if it is stretched, it is not cut and is successfully stretched. The part located between the large diameter convex part 403 of the uneven | corrugated roll 401 and the large diameter convex part 404 of the uneven | corrugated roll 402 among the fiber sheets 1a is the side area 13c of the protruding item | line part 13 in the target nonwoven fabric 1. FIG. Therefore, the fiber distance is not cut in the side region 13c by the above-described stretching, and the inter-fiber distance is increased as compared to before stretching. As a result, the fiber density of the side region 13c is lower than other parts, and air permeability is improved. And since the cut | disconnection has not arisen in the fiber which comprises the side part area | region 13c, the intensity | strength of the protruding item | line part 13 is maintained at a high level. As a result, even if a load is applied to the ridge 13, the ridge 13 is not easily crushed.
 以上のようにして製造された不織布1は、凹凸ロール402によって、凹凸形状に変形された状態のまま、下側シート接合部500のシート合流部に搬送される。シート合流部には、ロール状巻回物6’から巻き出されたセカンドシート用の帯状の不織布6が供給されており、凹凸形状の不織布1は、帯状の不織布6と重ねた状態とされて、凹凸ロール402とフラットロール501との間に導入される。凹凸ロール402とフラットロール501との間においては、凹凸形状の不織布1における凹条部部分と帯状の不織布6とが、凹凸ロール402の大径凸部404とフラットロール501の周面との間で加熱及び加圧されて接合する。このようにして、不織布1からなる表面シート2が、凹条部14において下側シート6に接合された帯状の複合シート8が得られる。帯状の複合シート8は、巻き取った後に、パンティライナー10の製造ラインに導入されるか、巻き取ることなく、パンティライナー10の製造ラインに導入される。 The nonwoven fabric 1 manufactured as described above is conveyed to the sheet joining portion of the lower sheet joining portion 500 while being deformed into the uneven shape by the uneven roll 402. The sheet joining portion is supplied with the strip-shaped nonwoven fabric 6 for the second sheet unwound from the roll-shaped roll 6 ′, and the uneven nonwoven fabric 1 is in a state of being overlapped with the strip-shaped nonwoven fabric 6. Introduced between the uneven roll 402 and the flat roll 501. Between the concave-convex roll 402 and the flat roll 501, the concave strip portion and the strip-shaped nonwoven fabric 6 in the concave-convex nonwoven fabric 1 are between the large-diameter convex portion 404 of the concave-convex roll 402 and the peripheral surface of the flat roll 501. To be joined by being heated and pressurized. In this way, a band-shaped composite sheet 8 is obtained in which the topsheet 2 made of the nonwoven fabric 1 is joined to the lower sheet 6 at the concave strip portion 14. The belt-shaped composite sheet 8 is introduced into the production line of the panty liner 10 after being wound up, or is introduced into the production line of the panty liner 10 without being wound up.
 図11には、本発明の別の実施形態である失禁パッド10(以下、単に「失禁パッド10」ともいう。)の斜視図が示されている。図12(a)は、図11のII-II線拡大断面図、図12(b)は、図11に示す失禁パッド10の吸収体の裏面(非肌当接面側の面)を示す図である。なお、以下に述べる図11ないし図16に示す実施形態について、特に説明しない点については、図1ないし図10に示す実施形態について詳述した説明が適宜適用される。また、図11ないし図16において、図1ないし図10に示す部材と同じ部材には、同じ符号を付してある。 FIG. 11 shows a perspective view of an incontinence pad 10 (hereinafter also simply referred to as “incontinence pad 10”) which is another embodiment of the present invention. 12A is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along the line II-II in FIG. 11, and FIG. 12B is a diagram showing the back surface (surface on the non-skin contact surface side) of the absorbent body of the incontinence pad 10 shown in FIG. It is. 11 to FIG. 16, which will be described below, the explanation in detail about the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 11 to 16, the same members as those shown in FIGS. 1 to 10 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
 失禁パッド10は、図1及び図2(a)に示すように、肌当接面を形成する液透過性の表面シート2、液不透過性の裏面シート3、及びこれら両シート2,3間に介在された吸収体4を具備する。液不透過性は、液難透過性を含む。失禁パッド10は、縦長の形状を有し、長手方向X及び幅方向Yを有している。長手方向Xは、失禁パッド10を着用したときの着用者の前後方向と一致し、幅方向Yは、失禁パッド10の平面視において、長手方向Xと直交する方向である。失禁パッド10は、平面視長円形状を有している。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2A, the incontinence pad 10 includes a liquid-permeable top sheet 2 that forms a skin contact surface, a liquid-impermeable back sheet 3, and a space between the two sheets 2 and 3. The absorbent body 4 is provided. Liquid impermeability includes liquid impermeability. The incontinence pad 10 has a vertically long shape, and has a longitudinal direction X and a width direction Y. The longitudinal direction X coincides with the wearer's front-rear direction when the incontinence pad 10 is worn, and the width direction Y is a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction X in the plan view of the incontinence pad 10. The incontinence pad 10 has an oval shape in plan view.
 表面シート2及び裏面シート3は、吸収体4の周縁から延出している。失禁パッド10の裏面シート3側の面(非肌当接面)には、ショーツ等の下着に固定するための粘着部(図示略)が設けられている。 The top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3 extend from the periphery of the absorber 4. On the surface (non-skin contact surface) on the back sheet 3 side of the incontinence pad 10, an adhesive portion (not shown) for fixing to underwear such as shorts is provided.
 失禁パッド10の吸収体4は、吸収性コア40と、該吸収性コア40を包むコアラップシート41から構成されている。吸収性コア40は、例えばパルプ等の吸液性繊維の積繊体や、該吸液性繊維と吸水性ポリマーとの混合積繊体から構成することができる。吸収性コア40を構成する吸液性繊維としては、例えば、パルプ繊維、レーヨン繊維、コットン繊維、酢酸セルロース等のセルロール系の親水性繊維が挙げられる。セルロール系の親水性繊維に加えて、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系繊維、ポリエステル、ポリアミド等の縮合系繊維等を含んでいてもよい。吸水性ポリマーとしては、例えば、ポリアクリル酸ナトリウム、(アクリル酸-ビニルアルコール)共重合体、ポリアクリル酸ナトリウム架橋体、(でんぷん-アクリル酸)グラフト共重合体、(イソブチレン-無水マレイン酸)共重合体及びそのケン化物、ポリアスパラギン酸等が挙げられる。繊維及び吸水性ポリマーは、それぞれ一種又は二種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 コアラップシート41としては、ティッシュペーパーや不織布等の透水性の繊維シートが好適に用いられる。また、コアラップシート41は、一枚のシートで吸収性コア40の全体を包んでいてもよいし、2枚以上のコアラップシートで吸収性コア40の全体を包んでいてもよく、例えば、吸収性コア40の肌当接面側と非肌当接面側とを別々のシートで被覆していてもよい。 The absorbent body 4 of the incontinence pad 10 includes an absorbent core 40 and a core wrap sheet 41 that wraps the absorbent core 40. The absorptive core 40 can be comprised from the laminated fiber body of liquid absorbing fibers, such as a pulp, for example, and the mixed fiber body of this liquid absorbing fiber and a water absorbing polymer. Examples of the liquid-absorbing fibers constituting the absorbent core 40 include cellulose-based hydrophilic fibers such as pulp fibers, rayon fibers, cotton fibers, and cellulose acetate. In addition to the cellulosic hydrophilic fibers, polyolefin fibers such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and condensation fibers such as polyester and polyamide may be included. Examples of water-absorbing polymers include sodium polyacrylate, (acrylic acid-vinyl alcohol) copolymer, cross-linked sodium polyacrylate, (starch-acrylic acid) graft copolymer, and (isobutylene-maleic anhydride) copolymer. Examples thereof include a polymer and a saponified product thereof, and polyaspartic acid. Each of the fibers and the water-absorbing polymer can be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the core wrap sheet 41, a water-permeable fiber sheet such as tissue paper or nonwoven fabric is preferably used. The core wrap sheet 41 may wrap the entire absorbent core 40 with one sheet, or may wrap the entire absorbent core 40 with two or more core wrap sheets. The skin contact surface side and the non-skin contact surface side of the absorbent core 40 may be covered with separate sheets.
 吸収体4の厚みは、好ましくは1mm以上、より好ましくは2mm以上であり、また好ましくは15mm以下、より好ましくは10mm以下であり、また好ましくは1mm以上15mm以下、更に好ましくは2mm以上10mm以下である。吸収体4の厚みは、先に述べた方法によって測定される。 The thickness of the absorber 4 is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 2 mm or more, preferably 15 mm or less, more preferably 10 mm or less, and preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less. is there. The thickness of the absorber 4 is measured by the method described above.
 失禁パッド10の肌当接面側における幅方向Yの両側部の位置には、長手方向に延びる防漏カフ8がそれぞれ設けられている。防漏カフ8は、長手方向にそれぞれ延びる自由端8a及び固定域8bを有している。固定域8bは表面シート2上に位置している。そして防漏カフ8は、固定域8bにおいて表面シート2と固定されている。また防漏カフ8の固定域8bは幅方向Yの外方へ延出しており、その延出部位と、裏面シート3の幅方向延出部位とが接合されてサイドフラップ7を形成している。防漏カフ8においては、自由端8a又はその近傍の位置に、長手方向Xに沿って延びる弾性部材8cが伸長状態で取り付けられている。弾性部材8cは、互いに概ね平行に複数本配されている。それら複数本の弾性部材8cが取り付けられた部位は、面状弾性領域8dを形成している。面状弾性領域8dは、幅方向Yに沿って所定の長さを有し、少なくとも着用者の排泄部対向部位の位置に長手方向Xに沿って延びている。そして面状弾性領域8dは、長手方向Xに沿って伸縮可能になっている。弾性部材8cが収縮することで、防漏カフ8は、その自由端8aと固定端8bとの間の位置が、着用者の身体側に向けて略L字状に起立して、面状弾性領域8dが着用者の肌に当接し、液の横漏れを阻止するようになっている。 Leak-proof cuffs 8 extending in the longitudinal direction are respectively provided at positions on both sides in the width direction Y on the skin contact surface side of the incontinence pad 10. The leak-proof cuff 8 has a free end 8a and a fixed area 8b extending in the longitudinal direction. The fixed area 8b is located on the top sheet 2. The leak-proof cuff 8 is fixed to the top sheet 2 in the fixing region 8b. Further, the fixing region 8b of the leak-proof cuff 8 extends outward in the width direction Y, and the extending portion and the width direction extending portion of the back sheet 3 are joined to form the side flap 7. . In the leak-proof cuff 8, an elastic member 8c extending along the longitudinal direction X is attached in a stretched state at a position at or near the free end 8a. A plurality of elastic members 8c are arranged substantially parallel to each other. The portion where the plurality of elastic members 8c are attached forms a planar elastic region 8d. The planar elastic region 8d has a predetermined length along the width direction Y and extends along the longitudinal direction X at least at the position of the wearer's excretory part. The planar elastic region 8d can be expanded and contracted along the longitudinal direction X. As the elastic member 8c contracts, the leak-proof cuff 8 has a planar elastic structure in which the position between the free end 8a and the fixed end 8b rises in a substantially L shape toward the wearer's body. The region 8d is in contact with the wearer's skin and prevents side leakage of the liquid.
 本実施形態の失禁パッド10における表面シート2は、図12(a)及び図13に示すように、長手方向に延びる筋状の凸条部13及び凹条部14が幅方向に交互に配された凹凸構造の不織布1から構成されている。また、図12(a)及び図13に示すように、表面シート2は、その凹条部14において、隣接するセカンドシート6(下側シート)と接合部14sにおいて接合されており、凸条部13はセカンドシート6との間で中空構造を有している。表面シート2を構成する不織布1は、先に述べた図6に示すように、繊維径が相互に異なる大径部17及び小径部16,16を有する繊維11を含んでいる。 As shown in FIG. 12A and FIG. 13, the surface sheet 2 in the incontinence pad 10 of the present embodiment has stripe-like protruding ridges 13 and recessed ridges 14 extending in the longitudinal direction alternately arranged in the width direction. It is comprised from the nonwoven fabric 1 of the uneven structure. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 12A and FIG. 13, the topsheet 2 is joined to the adjacent second sheet 6 (lower sheet) at the joint portion 14 s at the concave strip portion 14, and the convex strip portion. 13 has a hollow structure with the second sheet 6. The nonwoven fabric 1 which comprises the surface sheet 2 contains the fiber 11 which has the large diameter part 17 and the small diameter parts 16 and 16 from which a fiber diameter mutually differs as shown in FIG. 6 mentioned above.
 表面シート2を構成する不織布1についてより詳細に説明する。
 図13には、本実施形態の失禁パッド10において、表面シート2として用いた不織布1の斜視図が示されている。不織布1は、図13に示すように、構成繊維11どうしの交点を熱融着して形成された融着部12(図6参照)を複数備えた不織布である。また、表面シート2を構成する不織布1においては、図13に示すように、凸条部13及び凹条部14が延びる「一方向」は、失禁パッド10の長手方向Xと同方向であり、不織布1において、凸条部13及び凹条部14が延びる「一方向」をX方向とも表記する。
The non-woven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 will be described in more detail.
In FIG. 13, the perspective view of the nonwoven fabric 1 used as the surface sheet 2 in the incontinence pad 10 of this embodiment is shown. As shown in FIG. 13, the nonwoven fabric 1 is a nonwoven fabric provided with a plurality of fusion portions 12 (see FIG. 6) formed by heat-sealing the intersections of the constituent fibers 11. Moreover, in the nonwoven fabric 1 which comprises the surface sheet 2, as shown in FIG. 13, the "one direction" where the protruding line part 13 and the recessed line part 14 extend is the same direction as the longitudinal direction X of the incontinence pad 10. In the nonwoven fabric 1, “one direction” in which the ridges 13 and the recesses 14 extend is also referred to as an X direction.
 より具体的には、不織布1は、先に述べた図5に示すように、表裏両面a,bの断面形状がともに厚み方向(Z方向)の上方に向かって凸状をなす複数の凸条部13と、隣り合う凸条部13,13どうしの間に位置する凹条部14とを有している。凹条部14は、表裏両面a,bの断面形状がともに不織布の厚み方向(Z方向)の上方に向かって凹状をなしている。言い換えれば、凹条部14は、表裏両面a,bの断面形状がともに不織布の厚み方向(Z方向)の下方に向かって凸状をなしている。そして、複数の凸条部13は、それぞれ、不織布1の一方向(X方向)に連続して延びており、複数の凹条部14も、不織布1の一方向Xに連続して延びる溝状をなしている。凸条部13及び凹条部14は、互いに平行であり、前記一方向(X方向)に直交する方向(Y方向)に交互に配されている。 More specifically, as shown in FIG. 5 described above, the nonwoven fabric 1 has a plurality of ridges in which the cross-sectional shapes of both the front and back surfaces a and b are convex upward in the thickness direction (Z direction). It has the part 13 and the concave line part 14 located between adjacent convex line parts 13 and 13. FIG. As for the concave-line part 14, the cross-sectional shape of front and back both surfaces a and b has comprised the concave shape toward the upper direction of the thickness direction (Z direction) of a nonwoven fabric. In other words, as for the concave stripe part 14, the cross-sectional shape of front and back both surfaces a and b has comprised the convex shape toward the downward direction of the thickness direction (Z direction) of a nonwoven fabric. Each of the plurality of ridges 13 extends continuously in one direction (X direction) of the nonwoven fabric 1, and each of the plurality of ridges 14 extends continuously in one direction X of the nonwoven fabric 1. I am doing. The ridges 13 and the ridges 14 are parallel to each other and are alternately arranged in a direction (Y direction) orthogonal to the one direction (X direction).
 凸条部13及び凹条部14からなる不織布1の凹凸構造は、失禁パッド10の幅方向Yにおける中央域に少なくとも形成されていることが好ましい。これによって、着用者の肌と最も当接しやすい部位に凹凸構造を設けることができるので、上述したべたつき防止等の効果が一層確実に発揮される。 It is preferable that the concavo-convex structure of the nonwoven fabric 1 including the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 is formed at least in the central region in the width direction Y of the incontinence pad 10. As a result, it is possible to provide an uneven structure in a portion that is most likely to come into contact with the wearer's skin, so that the above-described effects such as prevention of stickiness are more reliably exhibited.
 不織布1の構成繊維11は、高伸度繊維が含まれている。また、不織布1の構成繊維11は、高伸度繊維に加えて、他の繊維を含んで構成されていてもよいが、高伸度繊維のみから構成されていることが好ましい。高伸度繊維の例及び他の繊維の例は、先に述べたとおりである。 The constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 contains high elongation fibers. Moreover, although the constituent fiber 11 of the nonwoven fabric 1 may be comprised including another fiber in addition to the high elongation fiber, it is preferable that it is comprised only from the high elongation fiber. Examples of high elongation fibers and other fibers are as described above.
 先に述べた図3に示すように、不織布1は、凸条部13の頂部が頂部域13aから形成され、凹条部14の底部が底部域13bから形成されている。そのため、表面シート2を構成する不織布1の凸条部13は、それぞれ、頂部域13aを挟む両側それぞれに側部域13cを有し、頂部域13aと接合部14sとの間に、頂部域13aよりも繊維密度が低い側部域13cが形成されている。側部域13cの繊維密度が、頂部域13a、又は頂部域13a及び底部域13bよりも低いことに起因して、凸条部13どうし間に入った液が側部域13cを介して凸条部13下の中空空間内やセカンドシート6に移行し、また、移行した液は、肌に接する面を形成する頂部域13aに戻りにくい。これにより、排泄液が着用者の肌に接触することによる不快感等を一層確実に防止することができる。 As shown in FIG. 3 described above, in the nonwoven fabric 1, the top of the ridge 13 is formed from the top region 13a, and the bottom of the ridge 14 is formed from the bottom region 13b. Therefore, the ridges 13 of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 each have a side region 13c on both sides sandwiching the top region 13a, and the top region 13a between the top region 13a and the joint 14s. A side region 13c having a lower fiber density is formed. Due to the fact that the fiber density of the side region 13c is lower than the top region 13a or the top region 13a and the bottom region 13b, the liquid that has entered between the ridges 13 is projected via the side regions 13c. It moves to the inside of the hollow space under the part 13 or the second sheet 6, and the transferred liquid is unlikely to return to the top region 13 a that forms a surface in contact with the skin. Thereby, the discomfort etc. by excretion fluid contacting a wearer's skin can be prevented more reliably.
 不織布1は、側部域13cを構成する構成繊維における、変化点を有する繊維の本数が、頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維における、変化点18を有する繊維の本数、及び底部域13bを構成する構成繊維における、変化点18を有する繊維の本数よりも多く形成されている。頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13a)、又は底部域13bを構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13b)に対する側部域13cを構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13c)の比率(N13c/N13a,N13c/N13b)は、好ましくは2以上20以下、更に好ましくは5以上20以下である。具体的に、不織布1の変化点18を有する繊維の本数の具体的な値に関し、頂部域13aを構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13a)は、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である。また、底部域13bを構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13b)は、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である。また、側部域13cを構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13c)は、好ましくは5本以上20本以下、更に好ましくは10本以上20本以下である。変化点18を有する繊維の本数の測定方法は以下のとおりである。 In the nonwoven fabric 1, the number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the side region 13c constitutes the number of fibers having change points 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a, and the bottom region 13b. More than the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers is formed. The side region 13c with respect to the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a (N 13a ) or the number of fibers having the change point 18 in the component fibers constituting the bottom region 13b (N 13b ) The ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13b ) of the number (N 13c ) of fibers having changing points in the constituent fibers to be formed is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less. Specifically, regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having the change point 18 of the nonwoven fabric 1, the number of fibers having the change point 18 (N 13a ) in the constituent fibers constituting the top region 13a is preferably one or more. 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. Further, the number (N 13b ) of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region 13b is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. Further, the number (N 13c ) of fibers having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side region 13c is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 10 or more and 20 or less. The method for measuring the number of fibers having the change point 18 is as follows.
 本実施形態の失禁パッド10における表面シート2は、図12及び図13に示すように、表面シート2を構成する不織布1の凹条部14のそれぞれにおいて、隣接する下側シートとしてのセカンドシート6と熱融着によって接合されている。本実施形態における下側シートは、表面シート2と吸収体4との間に配された、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体からなるセカンドシート6である。熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体としては、一般に不織布を用いることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the top sheet 2 in the incontinence pad 10 of the present embodiment is a second sheet 6 as an adjacent lower sheet in each of the concave strip portions 14 of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2. And are joined by thermal fusion. The lower sheet in the present embodiment is a second sheet 6 made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers disposed between the top sheet 2 and the absorber 4. As the aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers, a nonwoven fabric can be generally used.
 表面シート2の凹条部14は、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維からなる不織布1と、図13に示すように、失禁パッド10の長手方向に沿って連続的にセカンドシート6に接合されており、その接合部14sは、表面シート2とセカンドシート6とが重なる部分の長手方向全域にわたっている。図14に示すように、表面シート2の凹条部14とセカンドシート6とを連続して接合することで、凸条部13下のセカンドシート6上に移行した液を、隣の凸条部13下への移行を阻止しながら、長手方向Xに効率よく拡散させることができる。そのため、排泄液が着用者の肌に接触することによる不快感を一層確実に抑制しつつ、吸収体4の長手方向の広い範囲の吸収容量を一層効果的に活用することができる。尤も、表面シート2とセカンドシート6とを、長手方向Xに沿って間欠的に形成することは妨げられない。 The concave strip portion 14 of the surface sheet 2 is joined to the second sheet 6 continuously along the longitudinal direction of the incontinence pad 10 as shown in FIG. 13 with the nonwoven fabric 1 made of thermoplastic resin fibers, The joining portion 14s extends over the entire longitudinal direction of the portion where the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 overlap. As shown in FIG. 14, by continuously joining the concave strip portion 14 of the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6, the liquid that has migrated onto the second sheet 6 below the convex strip portion 13 is transferred to the adjacent convex strip portion. 13 can be efficiently diffused in the longitudinal direction X while preventing the downward movement. Therefore, the absorption capacity in a wide range in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent body 4 can be more effectively utilized while more reliably suppressing the discomfort caused by the excretion fluid coming into contact with the wearer's skin. However, it is not hindered to form the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 intermittently along the longitudinal direction X.
 失禁パッド10においては、表面シート2とセカンドシート6、より詳細には、表面シート2を構成する不織布1とセカンドシート6を構成する繊維の集合体が、それぞれ熱可塑性樹脂の繊維を含んでおり、前述の接合部14sにおいては、表面シート2の凹条部14とセカンドシート6とがヒートシール加工により一体的に加熱及び加圧されて熱融着されている。
 熱融着による接合部14sにおいては、表面シート2を構成する不織布1の構成繊維及びセカンドシート6を構成する繊維の集合体の構成繊維のいずれもが、繊維の形態を維持していないことが好ましい。繊維の形態を維持させないためには、ヒートシールによる加熱温度を、不織布及び繊維集合体の一方又は双方の構成繊維の融点以上とすることが好ましい。融点の温度が異なる2成分からなる複合繊維等の場合の構成繊維の融点は、融点が最も低い成分の融点とする。
 接合部14sが斯かる構成を有することで、凸条部13下のセカンドシート6上に移行した液を、隣の凸条部13下への移行を阻止しながら、長手方向Xに効率よく拡散させることができる。そのため、排泄液が着用者の肌に接触することによる不快感を一層確実に抑制止しつつ、吸収体4の長手方向の広い範囲の吸収容量を一層効果的に活用することができる。
In the incontinence pad 10, the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6, more specifically, the non-woven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 and the aggregates of fibers constituting the second sheet 6 each include fibers of thermoplastic resin. In the joint portion 14s described above, the concave strip portion 14 of the topsheet 2 and the second sheet 6 are integrally heat-pressed and heat-sealed by heat sealing.
In the joining part 14s by heat fusion, neither the constituent fiber of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2 nor the constituent fiber of the assembly of fibers constituting the second sheet 6 may maintain the fiber form. preferable. In order not to maintain the form of the fiber, it is preferable that the heating temperature by heat sealing is equal to or higher than the melting point of the constituent fibers of one or both of the nonwoven fabric and the fiber assembly. The melting point of the constituent fiber in the case of a composite fiber composed of two components having different melting temperatures is the melting point of the component having the lowest melting point.
Since the joining portion 14s has such a configuration, the liquid that has migrated onto the second sheet 6 under the ridge 13 is efficiently diffused in the longitudinal direction X while preventing the liquid from moving under the adjacent ridge 13. Can be made. Therefore, the absorption capacity in a wide range in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent body 4 can be more effectively utilized while more reliably suppressing the discomfort caused by the excretion fluid coming into contact with the wearer's skin.
 また、凹条部14とセカンドシート6(下側シート)との接合部14sが液不透過性であることが好ましい。ここでいう液不透過性とは、液が、表面シート2又はセカンドシート6中を通過しないことを意味する。
 液不透過性の接合部14sを形成する方法としては、表面シート2とセカンドシート6とを両者の構成繊維が繊維の形態を維持しなくなるように熱融着させる方法等が挙げられる。
Moreover, it is preferable that the joining part 14s of the concave line part 14 and the second sheet 6 (lower sheet) is liquid-impermeable. The liquid impermeability here means that the liquid does not pass through the top sheet 2 or the second sheet 6.
Examples of the method for forming the liquid-impermeable joining portion 14s include a method in which the topsheet 2 and the second sheet 6 are heat-sealed so that the constituent fibers of both do not maintain the fiber form.
 表面シート2を熱融着によりセカンドシート6等の下側シートに接合するのに代えて、ホットメルト型接着剤等の接着剤により接合する等、他の接合手段によってセカンドシート6(下側シート)に接合してもよい。
 表面シート2とセカンドシート6との接合は、上述した熱融着に限られず、ホットメルト型接着剤等の接着剤による接合等、他の接合手段を採用してもよい。セカンドシート6は、長手方向X及び幅方向Yの長さを、表面シート2よりも短くすることができる。あるいは、セカンドシート6の長手方向X及び幅方向Yの長さを、表面シート2と同じにすることもできる。
Instead of joining the top sheet 2 to the lower sheet such as the second sheet 6 by thermal fusion, the second sheet 6 (lower sheet) may be joined by other joining means such as joining with an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive. ).
The joining of the top sheet 2 and the second sheet 6 is not limited to the above-described heat fusion, and other joining means such as joining with an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive may be employed. The second sheet 6 can be made shorter in the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y than the top sheet 2. Alternatively, the length of the second sheet 6 in the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y can be the same as that of the top sheet 2.
 セカンドシート6を構成する不織布として、構成繊維が長手方向Xに配向した長繊維不織布であることが好ましい。長繊維不織布とは、長繊維からなる不織布であり、スパンボンド不織布、スパンレース不織布等が挙げられる。
 また、セカンドシート6を構成する不織布としては長繊維不織布以外の不織布を用いることもでき、例えば、構成繊維が長手方向Xに配向した、ヒートロール不織布、ヒートエンボス不織布、スパンレース不織布等の種々の不織布等を用いることもできる。これらの不織布について、構成繊維が長手方向Xに配向しているか否かは、下記方法に判断することができる。
 繊維の配向度は、マイクロ波式分子配向計MOA-6004(Oji Scientific Instruments社製)によりMOR値として測定される。繊維の配向度は、サンプル数5点の平均値とする。
The non-woven fabric constituting the second sheet 6 is preferably a long-fiber non-woven fabric in which the constituent fibers are oriented in the longitudinal direction X. The long fiber nonwoven fabric is a nonwoven fabric composed of long fibers, and examples thereof include a spunbond nonwoven fabric and a spunlace nonwoven fabric.
Moreover, as a nonwoven fabric which comprises the second sheet | seat 6, nonwoven fabrics other than a long-fiber nonwoven fabric can also be used, for example, various constituents, such as a heat roll nonwoven fabric, a heat embossed nonwoven fabric, a spunlace nonwoven fabric, in which the constituent fibers are oriented in the longitudinal direction X A nonwoven fabric or the like can also be used. About these nonwoven fabrics, whether the constituent fibers are oriented in the longitudinal direction X can be determined by the following method.
The degree of orientation of the fiber is measured as a MOR value by a microwave molecular orientation meter MOA-6004 (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). The degree of orientation of the fiber is an average value of 5 samples.
 セカンドシート6の構成繊維を長手方向Xに配向させることで、凸条部13下の中空空間又はセカンドシート6に移行した液が、凸条部13下を、隣の凸条部13下に移行することなく長手方向に拡散しやすくなり、横漏れやべたつきが一層起こりにくくなる。 By orienting the constituent fibers of the second sheet 6 in the longitudinal direction X, the liquid that has moved to the hollow space under the ridge 13 or the second sheet 6 moves under the ridge 13 to the adjacent ridge 13. It becomes easy to diffuse in the longitudinal direction without causing side leakage and stickiness.
 本実施形態の失禁パッド10においては、セカンドシート6を構成する繊維の集合体の繊維密度が、表面シート2を構成する不織布1の繊維密度より高い。
 本実施形態に用いた不織布1のように、厚み方向に繊維密度が異なる複数の領域を有する場合、表面シート2を構成する不織布の繊維密度(D13a)は、凸条部13の頂部における繊維密度とする。また、セカンドシート6を構成する繊維の集合体の繊維密度(D)は、表面シート2を構成する不織布とは接合されていない非接合部6aにおける繊維密度とする。
In the incontinence pad 10 of the present embodiment, the fiber density of the aggregate of the fibers that constitute the second sheet 6 is higher than the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric 1 that constitutes the top sheet 2.
In the case of having a plurality of regions having different fiber densities in the thickness direction as in the nonwoven fabric 1 used in the present embodiment, the fiber density (D 13a ) of the nonwoven fabric constituting the top sheet 2 is the fiber at the top of the ridge 13. Density. Also, the fiber density of the fiber aggregate constituting the second sheet 6 (D 6), the nonwoven fabric constituting the top sheet 2 and the fiber density in the non-bonded portion 6a which is not joined.
 凸条部13の頂部における繊維密度(D13a)は、頂部域13aにおける繊維密度と同様にして測定する。セカンドシート6を構成する繊維の集合体の繊維密度(D)も、フェザー剃刀(品番FAS‐10、フェザー安全剃刀(株)製)を用いてセカンドシート6を構成する繊維の集合体を厚み方向Zに沿って切断し、その繊維の集合体における非接合部における切断面を拡大観察する以外は、上述した〔頂部域13a、底部域13b及び側部域13cでの繊維密度の測定方法〕と同様にして切断する。セカンドシート6の非接合部6aの繊維密度は、セカンドシート6における、凸条部13の頂部(頂部域13a)と対向する部位の切断面を観察して測定することが好ましい。 The fiber density (D13a) at the top of the ridge 13 is measured in the same manner as the fiber density in the top region 13a. The fiber density (D 6 ) of the aggregate of fibers constituting the second sheet 6 is also the thickness of the aggregate of fibers constituting the second sheet 6 using a feather razor (part number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). Except for cutting along the direction Z and magnifying the cut surface at the non-joint portion in the fiber assembly, as described above [Method for measuring fiber density in the top region 13a, the bottom region 13b, and the side region 13c] Cut in the same way. The fiber density of the non-joined portion 6a of the second sheet 6 is preferably measured by observing the cut surface of the second sheet 6 at a portion facing the top (top region 13a) of the ridge 13.
 凸条部の頂部(頂部域13a)の繊維密度(D13a)に対する、セカンドシート6の繊維密度(D)の比率(D13a/D)は、好ましくは1.1以上、更に好ましくは2以上である。 Top of the convex portion with respect to the fiber density of the (top area 13a) (D 13a), the ratio of the fiber density of the second sheet 6 (D 6) (D 13a / D 6) is preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 2 or more.
 本実施形態の失禁パッド10における吸収体4には、図12(a)及び図12(b)に示すように、エンボス加工により、幅方向Yにおける複数個所に、高密度部43が形成されている。高密度部43は、密度が幅方向の両側に位置する部分44,44(以下低密度部44ともいう)よりも高く、それぞれ長手方向Xに延びて形成されている。つまり、吸収体4において、高密度部43と低密度部44とが交互に並んで配置されている。
 また、その高密度部43のそれぞれは、図12(a)に示すように、凸条部13の頂部と重なる位置に形成されている。詳述すると、高密度部43が長手方向Xに延びて、幅方向Yに複数列形成されており、高密度部43のそれぞれは、凸条部13の頂部と長手方向Xに沿って連続して重なっている。
 本実施形態における高密度部43は、周面に、周方向又は軸方向に延びる凸部と溝部とを交互に備えたエンボスロールと表面が平滑なアンビルロールとの間で加圧して形成されており、個々の高密度部43においては、吸収体4の厚みが他の部分に比して薄くなっている。また、吸収体4は、非肌当接面側の面が、エンボスロール側の面であり、高密度部43は、吸収体4の非肌当接面側の面に、エンボスロール周面の凸条部に対応する凹部を有している。
In the absorbent body 4 in the incontinence pad 10 of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B, high density portions 43 are formed at a plurality of locations in the width direction Y by embossing. Yes. The high density portion 43 is formed so as to have a higher density than the portions 44 and 44 (hereinafter also referred to as a low density portion 44) located on both sides in the width direction, and extend in the longitudinal direction X, respectively. That is, in the absorbent body 4, the high density portions 43 and the low density portions 44 are alternately arranged.
Moreover, each of the high density part 43 is formed in the position which overlaps with the top part of the protruding item | line part 13, as shown to Fig.12 (a). More specifically, the high-density portion 43 extends in the longitudinal direction X and is formed in a plurality of rows in the width direction Y. Each of the high-density portions 43 is continuous with the top of the ridge 13 along the longitudinal direction X. Are overlapping.
The high density portion 43 in the present embodiment is formed by pressing between an embossing roll provided with a convex portion and a groove portion alternately extending in the circumferential direction or the axial direction and an anvil roll having a smooth surface on the circumferential surface. And in each high-density part 43, the thickness of the absorber 4 is thin compared with the other part. Moreover, the non-skin contact surface side surface of the absorber 4 is a surface on the embossing roll side, and the high density portion 43 is formed on the non-skin contact surface side surface of the absorber 4 on the embossing roll circumferential surface. It has a recess corresponding to the ridge.
 高密度部43は、加圧のみによって形成してもよいが、加圧と同時に加熱して形成してもよい。
 吸収体4の幅方向Yに形成する、表面シート2の凸条部13の頂部と重なる高密度部43の本数は、複数本であり、好ましくは3本以上、より好ましくは5本以上、更に好ましくは8本以上である。
 高密度部43は、幅方向Yの長さが、好ましくは20mm以上、より好ましくは50mm以上である。また、高密度部43は、長手方向Xに連続する長さが、吸収体4の同方向の全長に対して、好ましくは30%以上、より好ましくは50%以上であり、更に好ましくは100%である。
 また、高密度部43は、長手方向Xに長い形状の高密度部43が吸収体4の長手方向Xに沿って連続に形成されていてもよいが、図15に示すように、長手方向Xに長い形状の高密度部43を吸収体4の長手方向Xに沿って間欠に形成してもよい。その場合、高密度部43の長手方向Xの長さL3は、好ましくは0.5mm以上、より好ましくは1mm以上であり、また、高密度部43の前記長さL3は、該長さL3と長手方向Xに隣り合う高密度部43,43どうし間の長さとの合計長さL5の、好ましくは5%以上、より好ましくは30%以上である。
The high density portion 43 may be formed only by pressurization, or may be formed by heating simultaneously with pressurization.
The number of high-density portions 43 formed in the width direction Y of the absorbent body 4 and overlapping with the tops of the ridges 13 of the topsheet 2 is plural, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and further Preferably it is 8 or more.
The high-density portion 43 has a length in the width direction Y of preferably 20 mm or more, more preferably 50 mm or more. Further, the high-density portion 43 has a continuous length in the longitudinal direction X of preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and still more preferably 100% with respect to the total length in the same direction of the absorbent body 4. It is.
Further, in the high density portion 43, the high density portion 43 having a shape long in the longitudinal direction X may be continuously formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body 4, but as shown in FIG. Alternatively, the long, high-density portions 43 may be intermittently formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body 4. In that case, the length L3 of the high-density portion 43 in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more, and the length L3 of the high-density portion 43 is equal to the length L3. It is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 30% or more of the total length L5 with the length between the high- density portions 43 and 43 adjacent to each other in the longitudinal direction X.
 高密度部43の密度(D)に対する、低密度部44の密度(D)の比率(D/D4)は、好ましくは1.5以上、更に好ましくは3以上である。高密度部43及び低密度部44の密度は、フェザー剃刀(品番FAS‐10、フェザー安全剃刀(株)製)を用いて、吸収体4から、それぞれの部位から厚み方向の全域にわたる細幅のサンプルを切り出し、それぞれのサンプルの質量を測定し、測定した質量を、平面視面積にサンプルの厚みを掛けて算出した体積で除して求める。サンプルの厚みは、吸収体から切り出す前に無荷重下で測定する。 The ratio (D 3 / D 4 ) of the density (D 4 ) of the low density portion 44 to the density (D 3 ) of the high density portion 43 is preferably 1.5 or more, and more preferably 3 or more. The density of the high-density part 43 and the low-density part 44 is narrow across the entire area in the thickness direction from the absorber 4 using a feather razor (part number FAS-10, manufactured by Feather Safety Razor Co., Ltd.). A sample is cut out, the mass of each sample is measured, and the measured mass is obtained by dividing the measured area by the volume calculated by multiplying the planar view area by the thickness of the sample. The thickness of the sample is measured under no load before cutting out from the absorber.
 本実施形態の失禁パッド10によれば、表面シート2が、長手方向Xに延びる凸条部13及び凹条部14を有する凹凸構造の不織布1から構成されている上に、セカンドシート6を構成する繊維の集合体の繊維密度が不織布1の繊維密度より高いため、肌当接面側に尿等の液Aが供給されると、その液Aは、図16に示すように、凸条部13どうし間に速やかに入り、凸条部13の頂部の両側部分、特に前述した側部域13cから凸条部13下のセカンドシート6上へと移行する。
 そして、凸条部13下のセカンドシート6の上又は中に移行した液Bは、不織布12とセカンドシート6との間に密度差があること、及び凹条部14がセカンドシート6に接合され、着用中に凸条部13の内部中空の構造が維持されやすいことにより、凸条部13の肌に接する部分には戻りにくい。これにより、排泄液が着用者の肌に接触することによる不快感を一層確実に抑制することができる。
According to the incontinence pad 10 of the present embodiment, the top sheet 2 is composed of the nonwoven fabric 1 having a concavo-convex structure having the ridges 13 and the ridges 14 extending in the longitudinal direction X, and the second sheet 6 is configured. When the liquid A such as urine is supplied to the skin contact surface side, the liquid A is, as shown in FIG. 13 quickly enters between the two sides of the top of the ridge 13, particularly from the side region 13 c described above, onto the second sheet 6 below the ridge 13.
And the liquid B which moved on or in the second sheet 6 under the ridge 13 has a density difference between the non-woven fabric 12 and the second sheet 6, and the recess 14 is joined to the second sheet 6. Since the hollow structure inside the ridge 13 is easily maintained during wearing, it is difficult to return to the portion of the ridge 13 in contact with the skin. Thereby, the discomfort due to the excretion fluid coming into contact with the skin of the wearer can be more reliably suppressed.
 かかる効果が奏されるようにする観点からは、セカンドシート6(下側シート)の親水度は表面シート2よりも高いことが好ましい。セカンドシート6の親水度及び表面シート2の親水度は、セカンドシート6を構成する繊維に対する水の接触角と表面シート2を構成する不織布1の構成繊維に対する水の接触角とを測定し、接触角がより小さい方の親水度が小さいと判定する。 From the viewpoint of achieving such an effect, the hydrophilicity of the second sheet 6 (lower sheet) is preferably higher than that of the top sheet 2. The hydrophilicity of the second sheet 6 and the hydrophilicity of the top sheet 2 are determined by measuring the contact angle of water with the fibers constituting the second sheet 6 and the contact angle of water with the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric 1 constituting the top sheet 2. It is determined that the hydrophilicity of the smaller corner is small.
 また、本実施形態の失禁パッド10によれば、吸収体4における、不織布1の凸条部13の頂部(頂部域13a)と重なる部分に高密度部43を有するため、凸条部13下のセカンドシート6上へと移行した液Bが、低密度部44上を長手方向Xに沿って流れた後に高密度部43に吸収される。
 これにより、排泄液が着用者の肌に接触することによる不快感を確実に抑制しつつ、吸収体4の長手方向の広い範囲の吸収容量を効果的に活用することができる。
Moreover, according to the incontinence pad 10 of this embodiment, since it has the high-density part 43 in the part which overlaps with the top part (top part area | region 13a) of the protruding item | line part 13 of the nonwoven fabric 1, in the absorber 4, it is below the protruding item | line part 13. The liquid B transferred onto the second sheet 6 is absorbed by the high density portion 43 after flowing along the longitudinal direction X on the low density portion 44.
Thereby, the absorption capacity of the wide range of the longitudinal direction of the absorber 4 can be utilized effectively, suppressing the discomfort by excretion liquid contacting a wearer's skin reliably.
 セカンドシート6と吸収体4との間、吸収体4を構成する吸収性シートの層間、吸収体4と裏面シート3との間は、それぞれ、接着剤で接合されていることが好ましい。各部材間を、接着剤で接合する場合、スロットコーター等によるべた塗りでもよいが、パターン塗工が好ましい。パターン塗工の塗工パターンの好ましい例としては、スパイラルパターン、ドットパターン、ストライプパターン(縞状パターン)、格子パターン、市松模様状のパターン等が挙げられる。 It is preferable that the second sheet 6 and the absorbent body 4, the layer of the absorbent sheet constituting the absorbent body 4, and the absorbent body 4 and the back sheet 3 are joined with an adhesive, respectively. When the members are joined with an adhesive, solid coating with a slot coater or the like may be used, but pattern coating is preferred. Preferable examples of the pattern coating application include spiral patterns, dot patterns, stripe patterns (striped patterns), lattice patterns, checkered patterns, and the like.
 以上本発明をその好ましい実施形態に基づき説明したが、本発明の吸収性物品は、上述した本実施形態に何ら制限されるものではなく、適宜変更可能である。例えば前記の実施形態は本発明をパンティライナーや失禁パッドに適用した例であったが、これに代えて、本発明を他の吸収性物品、例えば生理用ナプキンや使い捨ておむつなどに適用してもよい。 As mentioned above, although this invention was demonstrated based on the preferable embodiment, the absorbent article of this invention is not restrict | limited to this embodiment mentioned above at all, and can be changed suitably. For example, the above embodiment is an example in which the present invention is applied to a panty liner or incontinence pad, but instead of this, the present invention may be applied to other absorbent articles such as sanitary napkins and disposable diapers. Good.
 また図11に示す実施形態においては、不織布からなるセカンドシート6は、失禁パッド10の長手方向X及び幅方向Yの一方又は双方における長さが表面シート2と同一であっても短くてもよい。また、失禁パッド10は、防漏カフを有しないものであってもよい。 In the embodiment shown in FIG. 11, the second sheet 6 made of non-woven fabric may have the same or shorter length in one or both of the longitudinal direction X and the width direction Y of the incontinence pad 10 as the top sheet 2. . Moreover, the incontinence pad 10 may not have a leak-proof cuff.
 上述した実施形態に関し、本発明は更に以下の吸収性物品を開示する。
<1>
 肌当接面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に介在された吸収体を具備し、長手方向及び幅方向を有する吸収性物品であって、
 前記表面シートは、長手方向に延びる筋状の凸条部及び凹条部が幅方向に交互に配された凹凸構造の不織布からなり、前記凹条部において、隣接する下側シートと接合され、
 前記不織布は、少なくとも高伸度繊維を原料とするものであり、
 前記下側シートは、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体からなり、
 前記凸条部が前記不織布と前記下側シートとの間に中空構造を有し、
 前記不織布は、頂部域、底部域、及びこれらの間に位置する側部域とを有し、前記凸条部の頂部が該頂部域から形成され、前記凹条部の底部が該底部域から形成されており、
 前記側部域の繊維密度が、前記頂部域の繊維密度及び前記底部域の繊維密度のいずれよりも低くなっている、吸収性物品。
This invention discloses the following absorbent articles further regarding embodiment mentioned above.
<1>
A liquid permeable top sheet that forms a skin contact surface, a back sheet and an absorbent article interposed between both sheets, and an absorbent article having a longitudinal direction and a width direction,
The top sheet is composed of a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which strip-like ridges and recesses extending in the longitudinal direction are alternately arranged in the width direction, and is joined to the adjacent lower sheet in the recesses,
The nonwoven fabric is made from at least a high elongation fiber,
The lower sheet is made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers,
The ridge has a hollow structure between the nonwoven fabric and the lower sheet,
The non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between the top region, the top portion of the protruding portion is formed from the top region, and the bottom portion of the recessed portion is formed from the bottom region. Formed,
The absorbent article in which the fiber density in the side region is lower than both the fiber density in the top region and the fiber density in the bottom region.
<2>
 前記凹凸構造を、前記吸収性物品の幅方向の中央域に少なくとも有する前記<1>に記載の吸収性物品。
<3>
 前記吸収性物品に、その表面シート側から4g/cmの荷重を加えた状態で、前記凸部はその中空構造を維持し得るものである前記<1>又は<2>に記載の吸収性物品。
<4>
 前記表面シートと前記下側シートとの接合が、前記凸条部の延びる方向に沿って間欠的に行われている前記<1>ないし<3>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<5>
 前記吸収性物品の少なくとも長手方向中央域において、前記吸収体の幅が前記表面シートの幅及び前記下側シートの幅のいずれよりも狭く、
 前記吸収性物品の少なくとも長手方向中央域において、前記吸収体はその各側縁が直線状であり、かつ前記凸条部及び前記凹条部の延びる方向と略平行になっている前記<1>ないし<4>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<6>
 前記吸収性物品は、その各側縁が曲線を組み合わせた形状をしており、
 前記吸収性物品は、その長手方向前方域及び後方域において、各側縁が幅方向外方に向けて凸状に湾曲しているとともに、長手方向中央域において、各側縁が幅方向内方に向けて凸状に湾曲しており、それによって長手方向中央域での幅が最も狭くなっている前記<1>ないし<4>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<2>
The absorbent article according to <1>, wherein the uneven structure has at least a central region in a width direction of the absorbent article.
<3>
The absorptivity according to <1> or <2>, wherein the convex portion can maintain the hollow structure in a state where a load of 4 g / cm 2 is applied to the absorbent article from the surface sheet side. Goods.
<4>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the surface sheet and the lower sheet are joined intermittently along a direction in which the protruding portion extends.
<5>
In at least the longitudinal center region of the absorbent article, the width of the absorbent body is narrower than both the width of the top sheet and the width of the lower sheet,
At least in the central region in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article, the absorbent body has a linear shape on each side edge, and is substantially parallel to the extending direction of the ridges and the ridges <1>. Thru | or <4> any one absorbent article.
<6>
The absorbent article has a shape in which each side edge is combined with a curve,
In the absorbent article, each side edge is curved convexly outward in the width direction in the front region and the rear region in the longitudinal direction, and each side edge is inward in the width direction in the central region in the longitudinal direction. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the absorbent article is curved in a convex shape toward the center, whereby the width in the central region in the longitudinal direction is the narrowest.
<7>
 前記吸収性物品の周縁部において前記表面シートと前記裏面シートとが接合されており、
 前記表面シートは、前記周縁部よりも内側の領域の全域に前記凹凸構造を有している前記<1>ないし<6>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<8>
 前記吸収性物品に、その表面シート側から20g/cmの荷重を加えた状態で、前記凸部はその中空構造を維持し得るものである前記<1>ないし<7>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<9>
 前記吸収体は、繊維材料及び吸水性ポリマーを含む吸収性シートから構成されている前記<1>ないし<8>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<10>
 前記吸収体が、前記吸収性シートが2層以上に積層された積層体からなる前記<9>に記載の吸収性物品。
<11>
 前記吸収体の厚みは、好ましくは0.1mm以上、より好ましくは0.5mm以上であり、また好ましくは5mm以下、より好ましくは2mm以下であり、また好ましくは0.1mm以上5mm以下、更に好ましくは0.5mm以上2mm以下である前記<1>ないし<10>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<7>
The top sheet and the back sheet are joined at the periphery of the absorbent article,
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the topsheet has the concavo-convex structure over the entire region inside the peripheral edge.
<8>
In any one of <1> to <7>, the convex portion can maintain the hollow structure in a state where a load of 20 g / cm 2 is applied to the absorbent article from the surface sheet side. The absorbent article as described.
<9>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the absorbent body includes an absorbent sheet including a fiber material and a water-absorbing polymer.
<10>
The absorbent article according to <9>, wherein the absorbent body is a laminate in which the absorbent sheet is laminated in two or more layers.
<11>
The thickness of the absorber is preferably 0.1 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, preferably 5 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or less, and preferably 0.1 mm or more and 5 mm or less. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <10>, in which is 0.5 mm or more and 2 mm or less.
<12>
 前記下側シートが、見掛け密度0.005g/cm以上0.5g/cm以下、特に0.01g/cm以上0.1g/cm以下である嵩高の不織布からなる前記<1>ないし<11>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<13>
 前記不織布は、繊維径が相互に異なる大径部及び小径部を有する繊維を含んでいる前記<1>ないし<12>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<14>
 前記不織布は、その構成繊維どうしの交点を熱融着して形成された融着部を複数備えている前記<1>ないし<13>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<15>
 前記頂部域での繊維密度D13a、又は前記底部域での繊維密度D13bに対する前記側部域の繊維密度D13cの比率(D13c/D13a,D13c/D13a)が、好ましくは0.15以上0.9以下、更に好ましくは0.2以上0.8以下である前記<1>ないし<14>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<16>
 前記頂部域での繊維密度D13aは、好ましくは90本/mm以上200本/mm以下、更に好ましくは100本/mm以上180本/mm以下である前記<1>ないし<15>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<12>
The lower sheet, an apparent density of 0.005 g / cm 3 or more 0.5 g / cm 3 or less, said to <1> not particularly made of 0.01 g / cm 3 or more 0.1 g / cm 3 or less is bulky nonwoven The absorbent article according to any one of <11>.
<13>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters.
<14>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes a plurality of fused portions formed by heat-sealing intersections of constituent fibers.
<15>
The ratio (D 13c / D 13a , D 13c / D 13a ) of the fiber density D 13c in the side region to the fiber density D 13a in the top region or the fiber density D 13b in the bottom region is preferably 0. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <14>, which is from 15 to 0.9, more preferably from 0.2 to 0.8.
<16>
Fiber density D 13a in the apex area is preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably to the <1> to is 100 / mm 2 or more 180 lines / mm 2 or less <15 > Any one of>.
<17>
 前記底部域での繊維密度D13bは、好ましくは80本/mm以上200本/mm以下、更に好ましくは90本/mm以上180本/mm以下である前記<1>ないし<16>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<18>
 前記側部域の繊維密度D13cは、好ましくは30本/mm以上80本/mm以下、更に好ましくは40本/mm以上70本/mm以下である前記<1>ないし<17>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<19>
 前記高伸度繊維は、熱融着性のある芯鞘型複合繊維である前記<1>ないし<18>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<20>
 前記高伸度繊維はその繊度が、原料の段階で、1.0dtex以上10.0dtex以下が好ましく、2.0dtex以上8.0dtex以下であることがより好ましい前記<1>ないし<19>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<21>
 前記不織布における前記高伸度繊維の割合は好ましくは50質量%以上100質量%以下であり、更に好ましくは80質量%以上100質量%以下である前記<1>ないし<20>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<17>
Fiber density D 13b at the bottom area is preferably 80 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably to the <1> to be 180 lines / mm 2 or less 90 present / mm 2 or more <16 > Any one of>.
<18>
Fiber density D 13c of the side region is preferably 30 present / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, to further the <1> to preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 yarns / mm 2 or less <17 > Any one of>.
<19>
The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <18>, wherein the high elongation fiber is a core-sheath composite fiber having heat-fusibility.
<20>
Any of the above <1> to <19>, wherein the high elongation fiber has a fineness of preferably 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, more preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less at the raw material stage. Or an absorbent article according to claim 1.
<21>
The ratio of the high elongation fiber in the nonwoven fabric is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. The absorbent article as described.
<22>
 前記不織布の構成繊維のうちの1本の構成繊維に着目したとき、該構成繊維が、隣り合う融着部どうしの間に、繊維径の小さい2個の小径部に挟まれた繊維径の大きい大径部を有している前記<1>ないし<21>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<23>
 1本の前記構成繊維に着目したとき、隣り合う前記融着部どうしの間に、前記大径部を複数備える前記<22>に記載の吸収性物品。
<24>
 1本の前記構成繊維に着目したとき、隣り合う前記融着部どうしの間に、前記大径部を好ましくは1個以上5個以下備え、更に好ましくは1個以上3個以下備えている前記<22>又は<23>に記載の吸収性物品。
<25>
 前記大径部の繊維径(直径L17)に対する小径部16の繊維径(直径L16)の比率(L16/L17)は、好ましくは0.5以上0.8以下、更に好ましくは0.55以上0.7以下である前記<22>ないし<24>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<26>
 前記小径部の繊維径(直径L16)は、好ましくは5μm以上28μm以下、更に好ましくは6.5μm以上20μm以下、特に好ましくは7.5μm以上16μm以下である前記<22>ないし<25>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<22>
When attention is paid to one constituent fiber among the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric, the constituent fiber has a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small diameter portions having a small fiber diameter between adjacent fused portions. The absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <21>, wherein the absorbent article has a large diameter portion.
<23>
The absorbent article according to <22>, wherein when attention is paid to one of the constituent fibers, a plurality of the large-diameter portions are provided between the adjacent fused portions.
<24>
When focusing on one of the constituent fibers, the large-diameter portion is preferably provided with 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 3 or less between the adjacent fused portions. The absorbent article as described in <22> or <23>.
<25>
The ratio (L 16 / L 17 ) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion 16 to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0. The absorbent article according to any one of <22> to <24>, which is from .55 to 0.7.
<26>
The fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion is preferably 5 μm or more and 28 μm or less, more preferably 6.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 μm or more and 16 μm or less. The absorbent article of any one.
<27>
 前記大径部の繊維径(直径L17)は、好ましくは10μm以上35μm以下、更に好ましくは13μm以上25μm以下、特に好ましくは15μm以上20μm以下である前記<22>ないし<26>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<28>
 1本の前記構成繊維に着目して、前記融着部に隣接する前記小径部から前記大径部への変化点が、該融着部から隣り合う融着部どうしの間隔Tの1/3の範囲内に配されている前記<22>ないし<27>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<29>
 前記不織布は、繊維径が相互に異なる大径部及び小径部を有する繊維を含んでおり、
 前記不織布は、前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における、前記融着部に隣接する前記小径部から前記大径部への変化点を有する繊維の本数が、前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における、前記変化点を有する繊維の本数、及び前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における、前記変化点を有する繊維の本数よりも多く形成されている前記<1>ないし<28>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<30>
 前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における前記変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13a)、又は前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における前記変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13b)に対する、前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における前記変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13c)の比率(N13c/N13a,N13c/N13b)が、好ましくは2以上20以下、更に好ましくは5以上20以下である前記<29>に記載の吸収性物品。
<31>
 前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における前記変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13a)が、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である前記<30>に記載の吸収性物品。
<27>
The fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, more preferably 13 μm or more and 25 μm or less, and particularly preferably 15 μm or more and 20 μm or less, any one of the above <22> to <26> Absorbent article as described in 1.
<28>
Paying attention to one constituent fiber, the change point from the small diameter part adjacent to the fusion part to the large diameter part is 1/3 of the interval T between the fusion parts adjacent to the fusion part. <22> thru | or <27> any one of the absorbent articles distribute | arranged in the range of these.
<29>
The non-woven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters,
In the constituent fibers constituting the top region, the number of fibers having a change point from the small diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large diameter portion in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is the nonwoven fabric. <1> to <28>, wherein the number of fibers having the change point and the number of fibers having the change point in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region are formed. Absorbent articles.
<30>
The side region with respect to the number of fibers having the change point (N 13a ) in the constituent fibers constituting the top region or the number of fibers having the change point (N 13b ) in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region The ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13b ) of the number (N 13c ) of fibers having the above-mentioned change point in the constituent fibers constituting the fiber is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less. The absorbent article as described in <29>.
<31>
The number (N 13a ) of fibers having the change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. Absorbent article.
<32>
 前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における前記変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13b)が、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である前記<30>又は<31>に記載の吸収性物品。
<33>
 前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における前記変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13c)が、好ましくは5本以上20本以下、更に好ましくは10本以上20本以下である前記<30>ないし<32>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<34>
 前記不織布のシート厚みTは、0.5mm以上7mm以下が好ましく、1.0mm以上5mm以下がより好ましい前記<1>ないし<33>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<35>
 前記不織布の前記頂部域の層厚みTL1は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であることが好ましく、0.2mm以上2.0mm以下がより好ましい前記<1>ないし<34>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<36>
 前記不織布の前記底部域の層厚みTL2は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であることが好ましく、0.2mm以上2.0mm以下がより好ましい前記<1>ないし<35>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<32>
<30> or <31, wherein the number (N 13b ) of fibers having the change point in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 15 or less. The absorbent article as described in>.
<33>
<30> thru | or << which the number ( N13c) of the fiber which has the said change point in the constituent fiber which comprises the said side part area | region is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, More preferably, 10 or more and 20 or less. 32> The absorbent article of any one of 32.
<34>
Sheet thickness T S of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 0.5mm or more 7mm or less, and more preferably wherein the 1.0mm or 5mm or less to <1> to absorbent article according to any one of <33>.
<35>
The layer thickness T L1 of the top region of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. The absorbent article as described.
<36>
The layer thickness T L2 of the bottom region of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, and more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. The absorbent article as described.
<37>
 前記不織布の前記側部域の層厚みTL3は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であることが好ましく、0.2mm以上2.0mm以下がより好ましい前記<1>ないし<36>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<38>
 前記不織布は、前記凸条部及び前記凹条部が延びる方向であるX方向と、それに直交する方向であるY方向とを有し、
 Y方向に隣り合う前記凸条部の前記頂部どうしのピッチは、1mm以上15mm以下が好ましく、1.5mm以上10mm以下がより好ましい前記<1>ないし<37>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<39>
 前記凸条部の高さは、0.5mm以上5mm以下が好ましく、1mm以上3mm以下がより好ましい前記<1>ないし<38>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<40>
 前記不織布の坪量は、その全体の平均値で15g/m以上50g/m以下が好ましく、20g/m以上40g/m以下がより好ましい前記<1>ないし<39>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<41>
 前記下側シートは、前記表面シートと前記吸収体との間に配された、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体からなるセカンドシートである前記<1>ないし<40>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<37>
Any one of the above items <1> to <36>, wherein the layer thickness T L3 of the side region of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.2 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less. Absorbent article as described in 1.
<38>
The non-woven fabric has an X direction that is a direction in which the ridges and the ridges extend, and a Y direction that is perpendicular to the X direction.
The absorptivity according to any one of <1> to <37>, wherein a pitch between the top portions of the protruding portions adjacent to each other in the Y direction is preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, and more preferably 1.5 mm or more and 10 mm or less. Goods.
<39>
The height of the protruding portion is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm or less, and more preferably 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, the absorbent article according to any one of <1> to <38>.
<40>
The basis weight of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 15 g / m 2 or more 50 g / m 2 or less the average value of the entire, to 20 g / m 2 or more 40 g / m 2 or less and more preferably the <1> to any one of <39> 2. The absorbent article according to 1.
<41>
The <1> to <40> according to any one of <1> to <40>, wherein the lower sheet is a second sheet made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers disposed between the top sheet and the absorber. Absorbent article.
<42>
 前記下側シートは、繊維の集合体からなり、該繊維の集合体の繊維密度が前記表面シートを構成する前記不織布の繊維密度より高い、前記<1>ないし<41>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<42>
The lower sheet is made of an aggregate of fibers, and the fiber density of the aggregate of fibers is higher than the fiber density of the non-woven fabric constituting the top sheet, according to any one of <1> to <41>. Absorbent articles.
<43>
 前記下側シートの構成繊維が長手方向に配向している、前記<42>に記載の吸収性物品。
<44>
 前記下側シートが長繊維不織布からなる、前記<42>又は<43>に記載の吸収性物品。
<45>
 前記下側シートの親水度が前記表面シートよりも高い、前記<42>ないし<44>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<46>
 前記吸収体の厚みは、好ましくは1mm以上、より好ましくは2mm以上であり、また好ましくは15mm以下、より好ましくは10mm以下であり、また好ましくは1mm以上15mm以下、更に好ましくは2mm以上10mm以下である、前記<42>ないし<45>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<43>
The absorbent article according to <42>, wherein the constituent fibers of the lower sheet are oriented in the longitudinal direction.
<44>
The absorbent article according to <42> or <43>, wherein the lower sheet is made of a long-fiber nonwoven fabric.
<45>
The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <44>, wherein the lower sheet has a higher hydrophilicity than the top sheet.
<46>
The thickness of the absorber is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 2 mm or more, and preferably 15 mm or less, more preferably 10 mm or less, preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less. The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <45>.
<47>
 前記不織布は、繊維径が相互に異なる大径部及び小径部を有する繊維を含んでいる、前記<42>ないし<46>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<48>
 前記不織布は、構成繊維どうしの交点を熱融着して形成された融着部を複数備える、前記<42>ないし<47>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<49>
 前記不織布の構成繊維に高伸度繊維が含まれている、前記<42>ないし<48>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<50>
 前記高伸度繊維は、熱融着性のある芯鞘型複合繊維である、前記<49>に記載の吸収性物品。
<51>
 前記高伸度繊維の繊度は、原料の段階で、1.0dtex以上10.0dtex以下であり、好ましくは2.0dtex以上8.0dtex以下である、前記<49>又は<50>に記載の吸収性物品。
<52>
 前記不織布における高伸度繊維の割合が50質量%以上100質量%以下であり、好ましくは80質量%以上100質量%以下である、前記<49>ないし<51>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<47>
The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <46>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters.
<48>
The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <47>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes a plurality of fusion portions formed by heat-sealing intersections between constituent fibers.
<49>
The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <48>, wherein the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric include high elongation fibers.
<50>
The absorbent article according to <49>, wherein the high elongation fiber is a core-sheath composite fiber having heat-fusibility.
<51>
Absorption according to the above <49> or <50>, wherein the fineness of the high elongation fiber is 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less at the raw material stage. Sex goods.
<52>
The absorption according to any one of <49> to <51>, wherein the proportion of the high elongation fiber in the nonwoven fabric is 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. Sex goods.
<53>
 前記不織布の構成繊維は、1本の構成繊維に着目したときに、隣り合う融着部どうしの間に、繊維径の小さい2個の小径部に挟まれた繊維径の大きい大径部を有している、前記<42>ないし<52>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<54>
 前記1本の構成繊維は、隣り合う融着部どうしの間に大径部を複数備える、前記<53>に記載の吸収性物品。
<55>
 前記不織布の構成繊維は、1本の構成繊維11に着目したときに、隣り合う融着部どうしの間に、大径部を1個以上5個以下備え、好ましくは1個以上3個以下備えている、前記<53>又は<54>に記載の吸収性物品。
<56>
 前記大径部の繊維径(直径L17)に対する前記小径部の繊維径(直径L16)の比率(L16/L17)は、好ましくは0.5以上0.8以下、更に好ましくは0.55以上0.7以下である、前記<53>ないし<55>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<53>
The constituent fiber of the non-woven fabric has a large-diameter portion with a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small-diameter portions with a small fiber diameter between adjacent fused portions when focusing on one constituent fiber. The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <52>.
<54>
The absorbent article according to <53>, wherein the one constituent fiber includes a plurality of large-diameter portions between adjacent fused portions.
<55>
The constituent fibers of the non-woven fabric are provided with one or more large diameter portions of not less than one, preferably not less than one and not more than three, between adjacent fused portions when paying attention to one constituent fiber 11. The absorbent article according to <53> or <54>.
<56>
The ratio (L 16 / L 17) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0. The absorbent article according to any one of <53> to <55>, which is from .55 to 0.7.
<57>
 前記大径部の繊維径(直径L17)に対する前記小径部の繊維径(直径L16)の比率(L16/L17)は、好ましくは0.5以上0.8以下、更に好ましくは0.55以上0.7以下である、前記<53>ないし<56>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<57>
The ratio (L 16 / L 17 ) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0. The absorbent article according to any one of <53> to <56>, which is from .55 to 0.7.
<58>
 前記小径部の繊維径(直径L16)は、好ましくは5μm以上28μm以下、更に好ましくは6.5μm以上20μm以下、特に好ましくは7.5μm以上16μm以下である、前記<53>ないし<57>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<59>
 前記大径部の繊維径(直径L17)は、好ましくは10μm以上35μm以下、更に好ましくは13μm以上25μm以下、特に好ましくは15μm以上20μm以下である、前記<53>ないし<58>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<60>
 前記不織布の構成繊維は、1本の構成繊維に着目したときに、融着部に隣接する小径部から大径部への変化点が、該融着部から隣り合う融着部どうしの間隔Tの1/3の範囲内に配されている、前記<53>ないし<59>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<58>
The fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion is preferably 5 μm or more and 28 μm or less, more preferably 6.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 7.5 μm or more and 16 μm or less, <53> to <57> The absorbent article according to any one of the above.
<59>
The fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, more preferably 13 μm or more and 25 μm or less, and particularly preferably 15 μm or more and 20 μm or less, any one of the above <53> to <58> 2. The absorbent article according to 1.
<60>
When the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric are focused on one constituent fiber, the change point from the small diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large diameter portion is the interval T between the fusion portions adjacent to the fusion portion. The absorbent article according to any one of <53> to <59>, which is disposed within a range of 1/3 of the above.
<61>
 前記不織布は、厚み方向Zに沿って断面視したとき、頂部域、底部域及びこれらの間に位置する側部域を有し、
 前記凸条部の頂部が頂部域から形成され、前記凹条部の底部が底部域から形成されている、前記<42>ないし<60>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<62>
 前記側部域の繊維密度が、前記頂部域の繊維密度及び前記底部域の繊維密度よりも低く形成されている、前記<61>に記載の吸収性物品。
<63>
 前記頂部域での繊維密度(D13a)、又は前記底部域での繊維密度(D13b)に対する前記側部域の繊維密度(D13c)の比率(D13c/D13a,D13c/D13a)は、好ましくは0.15以上0.9以下、更に好ましくは0.2以上0.8以下である、前記<61>又は<62>に記載の吸収性物品。
<64>
 前記頂部域13aでの繊維密度(D13a)は、好ましくは90本/mm以上200本/mm以下、更に好ましくは100本/mm以上180本/mm以下である、前記<61>ないし<63>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<65>
 前記底部域13bでの繊維密度(D13b)は、好ましくは80本/mm以上200本/mm以下、更に好ましくは90本/mm以上180本/mm以下である、前記<61>ないし<64>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<66>
 前記側部域13cの繊維密度(D13c)は、好ましくは30本/mm以上80本/mm以下、更に好ましくは40本/mm以上70本/mm以下である、前記<61>ないし<65>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<61>
The non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between these when viewed in cross-section along the thickness direction Z,
The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <60>, wherein a top portion of the ridge portion is formed from a top region, and a bottom portion of the concave ridge portion is formed from a bottom region.
<62>
The absorbent article according to <61>, wherein the fiber density of the side region is lower than the fiber density of the top region and the fiber density of the bottom region.
<63>
The ratio (D 13c / D 13a , D 13c / D 13a ) of the fiber density (D 13c ) in the side area to the fiber density (D 13a ) in the top area or the fiber density (D 13b ) in the bottom area ) Is preferably 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, more preferably 0.2 or more and 0.8 or less, the absorbent article according to <61> or <62>.
<64>
Fiber density at the top region 13a (D 13a) is preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, 180 lines / mm 2 or less and more preferably 100 / mm 2 or more, the <61 > Absorptive article given in any 1 of <63>.
<65>
Fiber density at the bottom area 13b (D 13b) is preferably 80 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 180 lines / mm 2 or less, the <61 The absorbent article according to any one of> to <64>.
<66>
Fiber density of the side region 13c (D 13c) is preferably 30 lines / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, more preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 yarns / mm 2 or less, the <61 The absorbent article according to any one of> to <65>.
<67>
 前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における、変化点を有する繊維の本数が、前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における、変化点を有する繊維の本数、及び前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における、変化点を有する繊維の本数よりも多く形成されている、前記<60>ないし<66>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<68>
 前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13a)、又は前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13b)に対する前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13c)の比率(N13c/N13a,N13c/N13b)が、好ましくは2以上20以下、更に好ましくは5以上20以下である、前記<62>ないし<67>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<69>
 前記不織布の変化点を有する繊維の本数の具体的な値に関し、前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13a)は、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である、前記<62>ないし<68>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<70>
 前記不織布の変化点を有する繊維の本数の具体的な値に関し、前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13b)は、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である、前記<62>ないし<69>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<71>
 前記不織布の変化点を有する繊維の本数の具体的な値に関し、前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13c)は、好ましくは5本以上20本以下、更に好ましくは10本以上20本以下である、前記<62>ないし<70>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<67>
The number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is the number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the top region, and the change in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region. The absorbent article according to any one of <60> to <66>, wherein the absorbent article is formed in a number larger than the number of fibers having points.
<68>
The side region is configured with respect to the number of fibers (N 13a ) having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the top region, or the number of fibers (N 13b ) having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region. The ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13b ) of the number (N 13c ) of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less. The absorbent article according to any one of 62> to <67>.
<69>
Regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having a change point of the nonwoven fabric, the number of fibers (N 13a ) having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably The absorbent article according to any one of <62> to <68>, wherein is 5 or more and 15 or less.
<70>
Regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having the change point of the nonwoven fabric, the number of fibers (N 13b ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and further The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <62> to <69>, preferably 5 or more and 15 or less.
<71>
Regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having the change point of the nonwoven fabric, the number of fibers (N 13c ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, More preferably, the absorbent article according to any one of the above <62> to <70>, wherein the number is 10 or more and 20 or less.
<72>
 前記不織布のシート厚みTは、0.5mm以上7mm以下であり、好ましくは1.0mm以上5mm以下である、前記<42>ないし<71>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<73>
 前記頂部域の層厚みTL1は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であり、好ましくは0.2mm以上2.0mm以下である、前記<42>ないし<72>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<74>
 前記底部域の層厚みTL2は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であり、好ましくは0.2mm以上2.0mm以下である、前記<42>ないし<73>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<75>
 前記側部域の層厚みTL3は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であり、好ましくは0.2mm以上2.0mm以下である、前記<42>ないし<74>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<76>
 前記幅方向Yに隣り合う凸条部の頂部どうしのピッチは、1mm以上15mm以下であり、好ましくは1.5mm以上10mm以下である、前記<42>ないし<75>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<77>
 前記凸条部の高さHは、0.5mm以上5mm以下であり、好ましくは1mm以上3mm以下である、前記<42>ないし<76>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<78>
 前記不織布の坪量は、シート全体の平均値で15g/m以上50g/m以下であり、好ましくは20g/m以上40g/m以下である、がより好ましい、前記<42>ないし<77>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<79>
 前記下側シートが、スパンボンド不織布又はスパンレース不織布である、前記<42>ないし<78>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<80>
 前記凸条部の頂部(頂部域13a)の繊維密度(D13a)に対する、前記下側シート又は該下側シートであるセカンドシートの繊維密度(D)の比率(D13a/D)は、好ましくは1.1以上、更に好ましくは2以上である、前記<42>ないし<79>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<72>
Sheet thickness T S of the nonwoven fabric is at 0.5mm or 7mm or less, preferably is less than 1.0mm 5mm or less, the absorbent article according to any one of the to <42> to <71>.
<73>
The absorptivity according to any one of <42> to <72>, wherein the layer thickness T L1 of the top region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Goods.
<74>
The absorptivity according to any one of <42> to <73>, wherein the layer thickness T L2 of the bottom region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Goods.
<75>
The absorption according to any one of <42> to <74>, wherein the layer thickness T L3 of the side region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Sex goods.
<76>
<42> thru | or <75> any one of said <42> thru | or <75> whose pitch of the top parts of the protruding item | line part adjacent to the said width direction Y is 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, Preferably they are 1.5 mm or more and 10 mm or less. Absorbent article.
<77>
The absorbent article according to any one of the above <42> to <76>, wherein the height H of the ridge is 0.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably 1 mm to 3 mm.
<78>
The basis weight of the nonwoven fabric is a 15 g / m 2 or more 50 g / m 2 or less the average value of the entire sheet, preferably is 20 g / m 2 or more 40 g / m 2 or less, but more preferably, to the <42> no The absorbent article according to any one of <77>.
<79>
The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <78>, wherein the lower sheet is a spunbond nonwoven fabric or a spunlace nonwoven fabric.
<80>
The ratio (D 13a / D 6 ) of the fiber density (D 6 ) of the lower sheet or the second sheet, which is the lower sheet, to the fiber density (D 13a ) of the top (top region 13a) of the ridge. The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <79>, preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 2 or more.
<81>
 前記吸収体は、前記幅方向における複数個所に、繊維密度が幅方向の両側に位置する部分よりも高い高密度部を有し、該高密度部それぞれは、前記凸条部の頂部と重なる位置に形成されている、前記<42>ないし<80>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<82>
 前記高密度部が前記長手方向に延びて、前記幅方向に複数列形成されており、前記高密度部のそれぞれは、前記凸条部の頂部と前記長手方向に沿って連続して重なっている、前記<81>に記載の吸収性物品。
<83>
 前記吸収体の幅方向Yに形成する、前記表面シートの凸条部の頂部と重なる高密度部の本数が複数本であり、好ましくは3本以上、より好ましくは5本以上、更に好ましくは8本以上である。前記<81>又は<82>に記載の吸収性物品。
<84>
 前記高密度部は、幅方向Yの長さが、好ましくは20mm以上、より好ましくは50mm以上である、前記<81>ないし<83>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<85>
 前記高密度部として、長手方向Xに長い形状の高密度部が吸収体の長手方向Xに沿って連続に形成されている、前記<81>ないし<84>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<86>
 前記高密度部は、長手方向Xに連続する長さが、前記吸収体の同方向の全長に対して、好ましくは30%以上、より好ましくは50%以上であり、更に好ましくは100%である、前記<81>ないし<85>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<87>
 前記高密度部は、長手方向Xに長い形状を有し、吸収体4の長手方向Xに沿って間欠に複数形成されている、前記<81>ないし<86>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<88>
 前記高密度部の長手方向Xの長さL3は、好ましくは0.5mm以上、より好ましくは1mm以上である、前記<81>ないし<87>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<89>
 前記高密度部の前記長さL3は、該長さL3と長手方向Xに隣り合う高密度部どうし間の長さとの合計長さL5の、好ましくは5%以上、より好ましくは30%以上である、前記<81>ないし<88>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<90>
 前記高密度部の密度(D)に対する、低密度部の密度(D)の比率(D/D4)は、好ましくは1.5以上、更に好ましくは3以上である、前記<81>ないし<89>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<81>
The absorbent body has a high density portion at a plurality of locations in the width direction where the fiber density is higher than the portions located on both sides in the width direction, and each of the high density portions overlaps with the top of the ridge portion. The absorbent article according to any one of the above items <42> to <80>, which is formed on the surface.
<82>
The high-density portion extends in the longitudinal direction and is formed in a plurality of rows in the width direction, and each of the high-density portions continuously overlaps the top of the ridge portion along the longitudinal direction. The absorbent article according to <81>.
<83>
The number of high-density portions formed in the width direction Y of the absorbent body and overlapping the tops of the ridges of the topsheet is plural, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and still more preferably 8 More than a book. The absorbent article as described in said <81> or <82>.
<84>
The absorbent article according to any one of <81> to <83>, wherein the high-density portion has a length in the width direction Y of preferably 20 mm or more, more preferably 50 mm or more.
<85>
The absorptivity according to any one of <81> to <84>, wherein as the high-density portion, a high-density portion having a shape long in the longitudinal direction X is continuously formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body. Goods.
<86>
The high-density portion has a continuous length in the longitudinal direction X of preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and still more preferably 100% with respect to the total length in the same direction of the absorber. The absorbent article according to any one of <81> to <85>.
<87>
The absorption according to any one of <81> to <86>, wherein the high-density portion has a shape that is long in the longitudinal direction X, and a plurality of the high-density portions are intermittently formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body 4. Sex goods.
<88>
The absorbent article according to any one of <81> to <87>, wherein a length L3 of the high-density portion in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more.
<89>
The length L3 of the high-density portion is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 30% or more of the total length L5 of the length L3 and the length between the high-density portions adjacent to each other in the longitudinal direction X. The absorbent article according to any one of <81> to <88>.
<90>
The ratio (D 3 / D 4 ) of the density (D 4 ) of the low density part to the density (D 3 ) of the high density part is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 3 or more, <81 The absorbent article according to any one of> to <89>.
<91>
 前記表面シート及び前記下側シートが、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維を含み、前記凹条部が熱融着により該下側シートと接合されており、該接合部において、前記表面シート及び前記下側シートの構成繊維が、繊維の形態を維持していない、前記<42>ないし<90>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<92>
 前記凹条部と前記下側シートとの接合部が液不透過性である、前記<42>ないし<91>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<93>
 前記接合部が長手方向に連続して形成されている、前記<42>ないし<92>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<91>
The top sheet and the lower sheet include fibers of thermoplastic resin, and the concave portion is joined to the lower sheet by thermal fusion, and the top sheet and the lower sheet are joined at the joint. The absorbent article according to any one of the above <42> to <90>, wherein the constituent fibers are not maintaining the fiber form.
<92>
The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <91>, wherein a joint portion between the concave strip portion and the lower sheet is liquid-impermeable.
<93>
The absorbent article according to any one of <42> to <92>, wherein the joint portion is formed continuously in a longitudinal direction.
<94>
 肌当接面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に介在された吸収体を具備し、長手方向及び幅方向を有する吸収性物品であって、
 前記表面シートは、長手方向に延びる筋状の凸条部及び凹条部が幅方向に交互に配された凹凸構造の不織布からなり、前記凹条部において、隣接する下側シートと接合され、前記凸条部が前記下側シートとの間に中空構造を有しており、
 前記下側シートは、繊維の集合体からなり、該繊維の集合体の繊維密度が前記表面シートを構成する前記不織布の繊維密度より高い、吸収性物品。
<94>
A liquid permeable top sheet that forms a skin contact surface, a back sheet and an absorbent article interposed between both sheets, and an absorbent article having a longitudinal direction and a width direction,
The top sheet is composed of a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which strip-like ridges and recesses extending in the longitudinal direction are alternately arranged in the width direction, and is joined to the adjacent lower sheet in the recesses, The protruding line portion has a hollow structure between the lower sheet,
The lower sheet comprises an aggregate of fibers, and the fiber density of the aggregate of fibers is higher than the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric constituting the top sheet.
<95>
 前記下側シートの構成繊維が長手方向に配向している、前記<94>に記載の吸収性物品。
<96>
 前記下側シートが長繊維不織布からなる、前記<94>又は<95>に記載の吸収性物品。
<97>
 前記下側シートの親水度が前記表面シートよりも高い、前記<94>ないし<96>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<98>
 前記吸収体の厚みは、好ましくは1mm以上、より好ましくは2mm以上であり、また好ましくは15mm以下、より好ましくは10mm以下であり、また好ましくは1mm以上15mm以下、更に好ましくは2mm以上10mm以下である、前記<94>ないし<97>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<95>
The absorbent article according to <94>, wherein the constituent fibers of the lower sheet are oriented in the longitudinal direction.
<96>
The absorbent article according to <94> or <95>, wherein the lower sheet is made of a long-fiber nonwoven fabric.
<97>
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <96>, wherein the lower sheet has a higher hydrophilicity than the top sheet.
<98>
The thickness of the absorber is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 2 mm or more, and preferably 15 mm or less, more preferably 10 mm or less, preferably 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less. The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <97>.
<99>
 前記不織布は、繊維径が相互に異なる大径部及び小径部を有する繊維を含んでいる、前記<94>ないし<98>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<100>
前記不織布は、構成繊維どうしの交点を熱融着して形成された融着部を複数備える、前記<94>ないし<99>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<101>
 前記不織布の構成繊維に高伸度繊維が含まれている、前記<94>ないし<100>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<102>
 前記高伸度繊維は、熱融着性のある芯鞘型複合繊維である、前記<101>に記載の吸収性物品。
<103>
 前記高伸度繊維の繊度は、原料の段階で、1.0dtex以上10.0dtex以下であり、好ましくは2.0dtex以上8.0dtex以下である、前記<101>又は<102>に記載の吸収性物品。
<104>
 前記不織布における高伸度繊維の割合が50質量%以上100質量%以下であり、好ましくは80質量%以上100質量%以下である、前記<101>ないし<103>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<99>
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <98>, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters.
<100>
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <99>, wherein the non-woven fabric includes a plurality of fusion parts formed by heat-sealing intersections of constituent fibers.
<101>
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <100>, wherein the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric include high elongation fibers.
<102>
The absorbent article according to <101>, wherein the high elongation fiber is a core-sheath type composite fiber having heat-fusibility.
<103>
Absorption according to the above <101> or <102>, wherein the fineness of the high elongation fiber is 1.0 dtex or more and 10.0 dtex or less, preferably 2.0 dtex or more and 8.0 dtex or less at the raw material stage. Sex goods.
<104>
The absorption according to any one of <101> to <103>, wherein the ratio of the high elongation fiber in the nonwoven fabric is 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. Sex goods.
<105>
 前記不織布の構成繊維は、1本の構成繊維に着目したときに、隣り合う融着部どうしの間に、繊維径の小さい2個の小径部に挟まれた繊維径の大きい大径部を有している、前記<94>ないし<104>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<106>
 前記1本の構成繊維は、隣り合う融着部どうしの間に大径部を複数備える、前記<105>に記載の吸収性物品。
<107>
 前記不織布の構成繊維は、1本の構成繊維11に着目したときに、隣り合う融着部どうしの間に、大径部を1個以上5個以下備え、好ましくは1個以上3個以下備えている、前記<105>又は<106>に記載の吸収性物品。
<108>
 前記大径部の繊維径(直径L17)に対する前記小径部の繊維径(直径L16)の比率(L16/L17)は、好ましくは0.5以上0.8以下、更に好ましくは0.55以上0.7以下である、前記<105>ないし<107>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<105>
The constituent fiber of the non-woven fabric has a large-diameter portion with a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small-diameter portions with a small fiber diameter between adjacent fused portions when focusing on one constituent fiber. The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <104>.
<106>
The absorbent article according to <105>, wherein the one constituent fiber includes a plurality of large-diameter portions between adjacent fused portions.
<107>
The constituent fibers of the non-woven fabric are provided with one or more large diameter portions of not less than one, preferably not less than one and not more than three, between adjacent fused portions when paying attention to one constituent fiber 11. The absorbent article according to <105> or <106>.
<108>
The ratio (L 16 / L 17) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0. The absorbent article according to any one of <105> to <107>, which is from .55 to 0.7.
<109>
 前記大径部の繊維径(直径L17)に対する前記小径部の繊維径(直径L16)の比率(L16/L17)は、好ましくは0.5以上0.8以下、更に好ましくは0.55以上0.7以下である、前記<105>ないし<108>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<109>
The ratio (L 16 / L 17 ) of the fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion to the fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 0.5 or more and 0.8 or less, more preferably 0. The absorbent article according to any one of <105> to <108>, which is from .55 to 0.7.
<110>
 前記小径部の繊維径(直径L16)は、好ましくは5μm以上28μm以下、更に好ましくは6.5μm以上20μm以下、特に好ましくは7.5μm以上16μm以下である、前記<105>ないし<109>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<111>
 前記大径部の繊維径(直径L17)は、好ましくは10μm以上35μm以下、更に好ましくは13μm以上25μm以下、特に好ましくは15μm以上20μm以下である、前記<105>ないし<110>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<112>
 前記不織布の構成繊維は、1本の構成繊維に着目したときに、融着部に隣接する小径部から大径部への変化点が、該融着部から隣り合う融着部どうしの間隔Tの1/3の範囲内に配されている、前記<105>ないし<111>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<110>
The fiber diameter (diameter L 16 ) of the small diameter portion is preferably 5 μm to 28 μm, more preferably 6.5 μm to 20 μm, and particularly preferably 7.5 μm to 16 μm, <105> to <109> The absorbent article according to any one of the above.
<111>
The fiber diameter (diameter L 17 ) of the large diameter portion is preferably 10 μm or more and 35 μm or less, more preferably 13 μm or more and 25 μm or less, and particularly preferably 15 μm or more and 20 μm or less, any one of the above <105> to <110> 2. The absorbent article according to 1.
<112>
When the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric are focused on one constituent fiber, the change point from the small diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large diameter portion is the interval T between the fusion portions adjacent to the fusion portion. The absorbent article according to any one of <105> to <111>, which is disposed within a range of 1/3 of the above.
<113>
 前記不織布は、厚み方向Zに沿って断面視したとき、頂部域、底部域及びこれらの間に位置する側部域を有し、
 前記凸条部の頂部が頂部域から形成され、前記凹条部の底部が底部域から形成されている、前記<94>ないし<112>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<114>
 前記側部域の繊維密度が、前記頂部域の繊維密度及び前記底部域の繊維密度よりも低く形成されている、前記<113>に記載の吸収性物品。
<115>
 前記頂部域での繊維密度(D13a)、又は前記底部域での繊維密度(D13b)に対する前記側部域の繊維密度(D13c)の比率(D13c/D13a,D13c/D13a)は、好ましくは0.15以上0.9以下、更に好ましくは0.2以上0.8以下である、前記<113>又は<114>に記載の吸収性物品。
<116>
 前記頂部域13aでの繊維密度(D13a)は、好ましくは90本/mm以上200本/mm以下、更に好ましくは100本/mm以上180本/mm以下である、前記<113>ないし<115>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<117>
 前記底部域13bでの繊維密度(D13b)は、好ましくは80本/mm以上200本/mm以下、更に好ましくは90本/mm以上180本/mm以下である、前記<113>ないし<116>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<118>
 前記側部域13cの繊維密度(D13c)は、好ましくは30本/mm以上80本/mm以下、更に好ましくは40本/mm以上70本/mm以下である、前記<113>ないし<117>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<113>
The non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between these when viewed in cross-section along the thickness direction Z,
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <112>, wherein a top portion of the ridge portion is formed from a top region, and a bottom portion of the concave ridge portion is formed from a bottom region.
<114>
The absorbent article according to <113>, wherein the fiber density of the side region is lower than the fiber density of the top region and the fiber density of the bottom region.
<115>
The ratio (D 13c / D 13a , D 13c / D 13a ) of the fiber density (D 13c ) in the side area to the fiber density (D 13a ) in the top area or the fiber density (D 13b ) in the bottom area ) Is preferably 0.15 or more and 0.9 or less, more preferably 0.2 or more and 0.8 or less, according to <113> or <114>.
<116>
Fiber density at the top region 13a (D 13a) is preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, 180 lines / mm 2 or less and more preferably 100 / mm 2 or more, the <113 The absorbent article according to any one of> to <115>.
<117>
Fiber density at the bottom area 13b (D 13b) is preferably 80 present / mm 2 or more 200 present / mm 2 or less, more preferably 90 present / mm 2 or more 180 lines / mm 2 or less, the <113 The absorbent article according to any one of> to <116>.
<118>
Fiber density of the side region 13c (D 13c) is preferably 30 lines / mm 2 or more eighty / mm 2 or less, more preferably 40 present / mm 2 or more 70 yarns / mm 2 or less, the <113 > Absorptive article given in any 1 of <117>.
<119>
 前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における、変化点を有する繊維の本数が、前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における、変化点を有する繊維の本数、及び前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における、変化点を有する繊維の本数よりも多く形成されている、前記<112>ないし<118>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<120>
 前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13a)、又は前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13b)に対する前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13c)の比率(N13c/N13a,N13c/N13b)が、好ましくは2以上20以下、更に好ましくは5以上20以下である、前記<114>ないし<119>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<121>
 前記不織布の変化点を有する繊維の本数の具体的な値に関し、前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点を有する繊維の本数(N13a)は、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である、前記<114>ないし<120>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<122>
 前記不織布の変化点を有する繊維の本数の具体的な値に関し、前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13b)は、好ましくは1本以上15本以下、更に好ましくは5本以上15本以下である、前記<114>ないし<121>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<123>
 前記不織布の変化点を有する繊維の本数の具体的な値に関し、前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における変化点18を有する繊維の本数(N13c)は、好ましくは5本以上20本以下、更に好ましくは10本以上20本以下である、前記<114>ないし<122>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<119>
The number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is the number of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the top region, and the change in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region. The absorbent article according to any one of <112> to <118>, wherein the absorbent article is formed more than the number of fibers having points.
<120>
The side region is configured with respect to the number of fibers (N 13a ) having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the top region, or the number of fibers (N 13b ) having change points in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region. The ratio (N 13c / N 13a , N 13c / N 13b ) of the number (N 13c ) of fibers having change points in the constituent fibers is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 20 or less. 114> thru | or <119> any one of the absorbent articles.
<121>
Regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having a change point of the nonwoven fabric, the number of fibers (N 13a ) having a change point in the constituent fibers constituting the top region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, more preferably The absorbent article according to any one of <114> to <120>, wherein is 5 or more and 15 or less.
<122>
Regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having the change point of the nonwoven fabric, the number of fibers (N 13b ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region is preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and further The absorbent article according to any one of <114> to <121>, preferably 5 or more and 15 or less.
<123>
Regarding the specific value of the number of fibers having the change point of the nonwoven fabric, the number of fibers (N 13c ) having the change point 18 in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is preferably 5 or more and 20 or less, The absorbent article according to any one of <114> to <122>, more preferably 10 or more and 20 or less.
<124>
 前記不織布のシート厚みTは、0.5mm以上7mm以下であり、好ましくは1.0mm以上5mm以下である、前記<94>ないし<123>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<125>
 前記頂部域の層厚みTL1は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であり、好ましくは0.2mm以上2.0mm以下である、前記<94>ないし<124>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<126>
 前記底部域の層厚みTL2は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であり、好ましくは0.2mm以上2.0mm以下である、前記<94>ないし<125>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<127>
 前記側部域の層厚みTL3は0.1mm以上3.0mm以下であり、好ましくは0.2mm以上2.0mm以下である、前記<94>ないし<126>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<128>
 前記幅方向Yに隣り合う凸条部の頂部どうしのピッチは、1mm以上15mm以下であり、好ましくは1.5mm以上10mm以下である、前記<94>ないし<127>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<129>
 前記凸条部の高さHは、0.5mm以上5mm以下であり、好ましくは1mm以上3mm以下である、前記<94>ないし<128>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<130>
 前記不織布の坪量は、シート全体の平均値で15g/m以上50g/m以下であり、好ましくは20g/m以上40g/m以下である、がより好ましい、前記<94>ないし<129>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<131>
 前記下側シートが、スパンボンド不織布又はスパンレース不織布である、前記<94>ないし<130>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<132>
 前記凸条部の頂部(頂部域13a)の繊維密度(D13a)に対する、前記下側シート又は該下側シートであるセカンドシートの繊維密度(D)の比率(D13a/D)は、好ましくは1.1以上、更に好ましくは2以上である、前記<94>ないし<131>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<124>
Sheet thickness T S of the nonwoven fabric is at 0.5mm or 7mm or less, preferably is less than 1.0mm 5mm or less, the absorbent article according to any one of the to <94> to <123>.
<125>
The absorptivity according to any one of <94> to <124>, wherein the layer thickness T L1 of the top region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Goods.
<126>
The absorptivity according to any one of <94> to <125>, wherein the layer thickness T L2 of the bottom region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Goods.
<127>
The absorption according to any one of <94> to <126>, wherein the layer thickness T L3 of the side region is 0.1 mm to 3.0 mm, preferably 0.2 mm to 2.0 mm. Sex goods.
<128>
<94> thru | or <127> any one of said <94> thru | or <127> whose pitch of the top parts of the protruding item | line part adjacent to the said width direction Y is 1 mm or more and 15 mm or less, Preferably they are 1.5 mm or more and 10 mm or less. Absorbent article.
<129>
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <128>, wherein the height H of the protruding portion is 0.5 mm to 5 mm, preferably 1 mm to 3 mm.
<130>
The basis weight of the non-woven fabric is 15 g / m 2 or more and 50 g / m 2 or less, preferably 20 g / m 2 or more and 40 g / m 2 or less, more preferably <94> to The absorbent article according to any one of <129>.
<131>
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <130>, wherein the lower sheet is a spunbond nonwoven fabric or a spunlace nonwoven fabric.
<132>
The ratio (D 13a / D 6 ) of the fiber density (D 6 ) of the lower sheet or the second sheet, which is the lower sheet, to the fiber density (D 13a ) of the top (top region 13a) of the ridge. The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <131>, preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 2 or more.
<133>
 前記吸収体は、前記幅方向における複数個所に、繊維密度が幅方向の両側に位置する部分よりも高い高密度部を有し、該高密度部それぞれは、前記凸条部の頂部と重なる位置に形成されている、前記<94>ないし<132>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<134>
 前記高密度部が前記長手方向に延びて、前記幅方向に複数列形成されており、前記高密度部のそれぞれは、前記凸条部の頂部と前記長手方向に沿って連続して重なっている、前記<133>に記載の吸収性物品。
<135>
 前記吸収体の幅方向Yに形成する、前記表面シートの凸条部の頂部と重なる高密度部の本数が複数本であり、好ましくは3本以上、より好ましくは5本以上、更に好ましくは8本以上である。前記<133>又は<134>に記載の吸収性物品。
<136>
 前記高密度部は、幅方向Yの長さが、好ましくは20mm以上、より好ましくは50mm以上である、前記<133>ないし<135>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<137>
 前記高密度部として、長手方向Xに長い形状の高密度部が吸収体の長手方向Xに沿って連続に形成されている、前記<133>ないし<136>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<138>
 前記高密度部は、長手方向Xに連続する長さが、前記吸収体の同方向の全長に対して、好ましくは30%以上、より好ましくは50%以上であり、更に好ましくは100%である、前記<133>ないし<137>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<139>
 前記高密度部は、長手方向Xに長い形状を有し、吸収体4の長手方向Xに沿って間欠に複数形成されている、前記<133>ないし<138>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<140>
 前記高密度部の長手方向Xの長さL3は、好ましくは0.5mm以上、より好ましくは1mm以上である、前記<133>ないし<139>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<141>
 前記高密度部の前記長さL3は、該長さL3と長手方向Xに隣り合う高密度部どうし間の長さとの合計長さL5の、好ましくは5%以上、より好ましくは30%以上である、前記<133>ないし<140>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<142>
 前記高密度部の密度(D)に対する、低密度部の密度(D)の比率(D/D4)は、好ましくは1.5以上、更に好ましくは3以上である、前記<133>ないし<141のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<133>
The absorbent body has a high density portion at a plurality of locations in the width direction where the fiber density is higher than the portions located on both sides in the width direction, and each of the high density portions overlaps with the top of the ridge portion. The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <132>, wherein
<134>
The high-density portion extends in the longitudinal direction and is formed in a plurality of rows in the width direction, and each of the high-density portions continuously overlaps the top of the ridge portion along the longitudinal direction. The absorbent article according to <133>.
<135>
The number of high-density portions formed in the width direction Y of the absorbent body and overlapping the tops of the ridges of the topsheet is plural, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and still more preferably 8 More than a book. The absorbent article according to <133> or <134>.
<136>
The absorbent article according to any one of <133> to <135>, wherein the high-density portion has a length in the width direction Y of preferably 20 mm or more, more preferably 50 mm or more.
<137>
The absorptivity according to any one of <133> to <136>, wherein as the high-density portion, a high-density portion having a shape long in the longitudinal direction X is continuously formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorbent body. Goods.
<138>
The high-density portion has a continuous length in the longitudinal direction X of preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and still more preferably 100% with respect to the total length in the same direction of the absorber. The absorbent article according to any one of <133> to <137>.
<139>
The absorption according to any one of <133> to <138>, wherein the high-density portion has a shape that is long in the longitudinal direction X, and a plurality of the high-density portions are intermittently formed along the longitudinal direction X of the absorber 4. Sex goods.
<140>
The absorbent article according to any one of <133> to <139>, wherein a length L3 of the high-density portion in the longitudinal direction X is preferably 0.5 mm or more, more preferably 1 mm or more.
<141>
The length L3 of the high-density portion is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 30% or more of the total length L5 of the length L3 and the length between the high-density portions adjacent to each other in the longitudinal direction X. The absorbent article according to any one of <133> to <140>.
<142>
The ratio (D 3 / D 4 ) of the density (D 4 ) of the low density part to the density (D 3 ) of the high density part is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 3 or more, <133 The absorbent article according to any one of> to <141.
<143>
 前記表面シート及び前記下側シートが、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維を含み、前記凹条部が熱融着により該下側シートと接合されており、該接合部において、前記表面シート及び前記下側シートの構成繊維が、繊維の形態を維持していない、前記<94>ないし<142>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<144>
 前記凹条部と前記下側シートとの接合部が液不透過性である、前記<94>ないし<143>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<145>
 前記接合部が長手方向に連続して形成されている、前記<94>ないし<144>のいずれか1に記載の吸収性物品。
<143>
The top sheet and the lower sheet include fibers of thermoplastic resin, and the concave portion is joined to the lower sheet by thermal fusion, and the top sheet and the lower sheet are joined at the joint. The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <142>, wherein the constituent fibers of the above are not maintaining the fiber form.
<144>
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <143>, wherein a joint portion between the concave stripe portion and the lower sheet is liquid-impermeable.
<145>
The absorbent article according to any one of <94> to <144>, wherein the joint portion is formed continuously in a longitudinal direction.
 本発明によれば、表面シートの凹凸構造が着用者の動作に追従しやすく、かつ肌対向面側における通気性が良好で、着用状態での蒸れが起こりにくい吸収性物品が提供される。 According to the present invention, there is provided an absorbent article in which the concave-convex structure of the top sheet easily follows the wearer's movement, has good air permeability on the skin facing surface side, and does not easily cause stuffiness when worn.
 また本発明の吸収性物品によれば、排泄液が着用者の肌に接触することによる不快感を確実に抑制することができるとともに、吸収体の吸収容量を効果的に活用することができる。 Further, according to the absorbent article of the present invention, it is possible to reliably suppress discomfort caused by the excretion fluid coming into contact with the wearer's skin and to effectively utilize the absorption capacity of the absorber.

Claims (31)

  1.  肌当接面を形成する液透過性の表面シート、裏面シート及びこれら両シート間に介在された吸収体を具備し、長手方向及び幅方向を有する吸収性物品であって、
     前記表面シートは、長手方向に延びる筋状の凸条部及び凹条部が幅方向に交互に配された凹凸構造の不織布からなり、前記凹条部において、隣接する下側シートと接合され、
     前記不織布は、少なくとも高伸度繊維を原料とするものであり、
     前記下側シートは、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体からなり、
     前記凸条部が前記不織布と前記下側シートとの間に中空構造を有し、
     前記不織布は、頂部域、底部域、及びこれらの間に位置する側部域を有し、前記凸条部の頂部が該頂部域から形成され、前記凹条部の底部が該底部域から形成されており、
     前記側部域の繊維密度が、前記頂部域の繊維密度及び前記底部域の繊維密度のいずれよりも低くなっている、吸収性物品。
    A liquid permeable top sheet that forms a skin contact surface, a back sheet and an absorbent article interposed between both sheets, and an absorbent article having a longitudinal direction and a width direction,
    The top sheet is composed of a nonwoven fabric having a concavo-convex structure in which strip-like ridges and recesses extending in the longitudinal direction are alternately arranged in the width direction, and is joined to the adjacent lower sheet in the recesses,
    The nonwoven fabric is made from at least a high elongation fiber,
    The lower sheet is made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers,
    The ridge has a hollow structure between the nonwoven fabric and the lower sheet,
    The non-woven fabric has a top region, a bottom region, and a side region located between the top region, the top portion of the convex portion is formed from the top region, and the bottom portion of the concave portion is formed from the bottom region. Has been
    The absorbent article in which the fiber density in the side region is lower than both the fiber density in the top region and the fiber density in the bottom region.
  2.  前記凹凸構造を、前記吸収性物品の幅方向の中央域に少なくとも有する請求項1に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 1, wherein the uneven structure has at least a central region in a width direction of the absorbent article.
  3.  前記吸収性物品に、その表面シート側から4g/cmの荷重を加えた状態で、前記凸部はその中空構造を維持し得るものである請求項1又は2に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the convex part can maintain the hollow structure in a state where a load of 4 g / cm 2 is applied to the absorbent article from the surface sheet side.
  4.  前記表面シートと前記下側シートとの接合が、前記凸条部の延びる方向に沿って間欠的に行われている請求項1ないし3のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorptive article according to any one of claims 1 to 3 with which joining of said surface sheet and said lower sheet is intermittently performed along the direction where said convex part extends.
  5.  前記吸収性物品の少なくとも長手方向中央域において、前記吸収体の幅が前記表面シートの幅及び前記下側シートの幅のいずれよりも狭く、
     前記吸収性物品の少なくとも長手方向中央域において、前記吸収体はその各側縁が直線状であり、かつ前記凸条部及び前記凹条部の延びる方向と略平行になっている請求項1ないし4のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。
    In at least the longitudinal center region of the absorbent article, the width of the absorbent body is narrower than both the width of the top sheet and the width of the lower sheet,
    At least in the central region in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent article, each side edge of the absorbent body is linear, and is substantially parallel to the extending direction of the ridges and the ridges. The absorbent article as described in any one of 4.
  6.  前記吸収性物品は、その各側縁が曲線を組み合わせた形状をしており、
     前記吸収性物品は、その長手方向前方域及び後方域において、各側縁が幅方向外方に向けて凸状に湾曲しているとともに、長手方向中央域において、各側縁が幅方向内方に向けて凸状に湾曲しており、それによって長手方向中央域での幅が最も狭くなっている請求項1ないし5のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The absorbent article has a shape in which each side edge is combined with a curve,
    In the absorbent article, each side edge is curved convexly outward in the width direction in the front region and the rear region in the longitudinal direction, and each side edge is inward in the width direction in the central region in the longitudinal direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the absorbent article is curved in a convex shape toward the center, whereby the width in the central region in the longitudinal direction is the narrowest.
  7.  前記吸収性物品の周縁部において前記表面シートと前記裏面シートとが接合されており、
     前記表面シートは、前記周縁部よりも内側の領域の全域に前記凹凸構造を有している請求項1ないし6のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The top sheet and the back sheet are joined at the periphery of the absorbent article,
    The absorptive article according to any one of claims 1 to 6 in which said surface sheet has said concavo-convex structure in the whole region inside the peripheral part.
  8.  前記吸収性物品に、その表面シート側から20g/cmの荷重を加えた状態で、前記凸部はその中空構造を維持し得るものである請求項1ないし7のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The said convex part can maintain the hollow structure in the state which added the load of 20 g / cm < 2 > from the surface sheet side to the said absorbent article, The Claim 1 thru | or 7 any one. Absorbent article.
  9.  前記不織布は、繊維径が相互に異なる大径部及び小径部を有する繊維を含んでいる請求項1ないし8のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the non-woven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters.
  10.  前記不織布は、その構成繊維どうしの交点を熱融着して形成された融着部を複数備えている請求項1ないし9のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the nonwoven fabric includes a plurality of fusion parts formed by heat-sealing intersections of constituent fibers.
  11.  前記頂部域での繊維密度D13a、又は前記底部域での繊維密度D13bに対する前記側部域の繊維密度D13cの比率であるD13c/D13a又はD13c/D13aが、0.15以上0.9以下である請求項1ないし10のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 D 13c / D 13a or D 13c / D 13a which is a ratio of the fiber density D 13c in the side region to the fiber density D 13a in the top region or the fiber density D 13b in the bottom region is 0.15 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 10, which is 0.9 or more and 11 or less.
  12.  前記不織布の構成繊維のうちの1本の構成繊維に着目したとき、該構成繊維が、隣り合う融着部どうしの間に、繊維径の小さい2個の小径部に挟まれた繊維径の大きい大径部を有している請求項1ないし11のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 When attention is paid to one constituent fiber among the constituent fibers of the nonwoven fabric, the constituent fiber has a large fiber diameter sandwiched between two small diameter portions having a small fiber diameter between adjacent fused portions. The absorbent article as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 11 which has a large diameter part.
  13.  1本の前記構成繊維に着目したとき、隣り合う前記融着部どうしの間に、前記大径部を複数備える請求項12に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 12, comprising a plurality of the large-diameter portions between the adjacent fused portions when paying attention to one of the constituent fibers.
  14.  前記大径部の繊維径L17に対する前記小径部の繊維径L16の比率であるL16/L17が、0.5以上0.8以下である請求項12又は13に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article of the L 16 / L 17 is the ratio of fiber diameter L 16 of the small diameter portion to the large diameter portion fiber diameter L 17 is, according to claim 12 or 13 is 0.5 to 0.8 .
  15.  前記小径部の繊維径L16が、5μm以上28μm以下である請求項12ないし14のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The fiber diameter L 16 of the small diameter portion, the absorbent article according to any one of claims 12 to 14 is 5μm or more 28μm or less.
  16.  前記大径部の繊維径L17が、10μm以上35μm以下である請求項12ないし15のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 Wherein the large diameter portion of the fiber diameter L 17, absorbent article according to any one of claims 12 to 15 is 10μm or more 35μm or less.
  17.  前記不織布は、繊維径が相互に異なる大径部及び小径部を有する繊維を含んでおり、
     前記不織布は、前記側部域を構成する構成繊維における、前記融着部に隣接する前記小径部から前記大径部への変化点を有する繊維の本数が、前記頂部域を構成する構成繊維における、前記変化点を有する繊維の本数、及び前記底部域を構成する構成繊維における、前記変化点を有する繊維の本数よりも多くなっている請求項12ないし16のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。
    The non-woven fabric includes fibers having a large diameter portion and a small diameter portion having different fiber diameters,
    In the constituent fibers constituting the top region, the number of fibers having a change point from the small diameter portion adjacent to the fusion portion to the large diameter portion in the constituent fibers constituting the side region is the nonwoven fabric. The absorbency according to any one of claims 12 to 16, wherein the number of fibers having the change point and the number of fibers having the change point in the constituent fibers constituting the bottom region are larger. Goods.
  18.  前記下側シートは、前記表面シートと前記吸収体との間に配された、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維の集合体からなるセカンドシートである請求項1ないし17のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorptivity according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the lower sheet is a second sheet made of an aggregate of thermoplastic resin fibers disposed between the top sheet and the absorber. Goods.
  19.  前記下側シートは、繊維の集合体からなり、該繊維の集合体の繊維密度が前記表面シートを構成する前記不織布の繊維密度より高い、請求項1ないし18のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorption according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein the lower sheet is made of an aggregate of fibers, and the fiber density of the aggregate of fibers is higher than the fiber density of the nonwoven fabric constituting the top sheet. Sex goods.
  20.  前記下側シートの構成繊維が長手方向に配向している、請求項1ないし19のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the constituent fibers of the lower sheet are oriented in the longitudinal direction.
  21.  前記下側シートが長繊維不織布からなる、請求項1ないし20のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorptive article according to any one of claims 1 to 20 in which said lower sheet consists of a long-fiber nonwoven fabric.
  22.  前記下側シートの親水度が前記表面シートよりも高い、請求項1ないし21のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the lower sheet has a higher hydrophilicity than the top sheet.
  23.  前記吸収体は、前記幅方向における複数個所に、繊維密度が幅方向の両側に位置する部分よりも高い高密度部を有し、該高密度部それぞれは、前記凸条部の頂部と重なる位置に形成されている、請求項1ないし22のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent body has a high density portion at a plurality of locations in the width direction where the fiber density is higher than the portions located on both sides in the width direction, and each of the high density portions overlaps with the top of the ridge portion. The absorbent article as described in any one of Claims 1 thru | or 22 currently formed.
  24.  前記吸収体の幅方向に形成する、前記表面シートの前記凸条部の頂部と重なる前記高密度部の本数が複数本である、請求項23に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 23, wherein the number of the high-density portions formed in the width direction of the absorbent body and overlapping with the top portions of the ridge portions of the topsheet is plural.
  25.  前記高密度部として、長手方向に長い形状の高密度部が前記吸収体の長手方向に沿って連続に形成されている、請求項23又は24に記載の吸収性物品。 25. The absorbent article according to claim 23 or 24, wherein a high-density portion having a shape elongated in the longitudinal direction is continuously formed along the longitudinal direction of the absorbent body as the high-density portion.
  26.  前記高密度部は、長手方向に長い形状を有し、前記吸収体の長手方向に沿って間欠に複数形成されている、請求項23ないし25のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 23 to 25, wherein the high-density portion has a shape that is long in a longitudinal direction, and a plurality of the high-density portions are intermittently formed along the longitudinal direction of the absorbent body.
  27.  前記高密度部が前記長手方向に延びて、前記幅方向に複数列形成されており、前記高密度部のそれぞれは、前記凸条部の頂部と前記長手方向に沿って連続して重なっている、請求項23ないし26のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The high-density portion extends in the longitudinal direction and is formed in a plurality of rows in the width direction, and each of the high-density portions continuously overlaps the top of the ridge portion along the longitudinal direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 23 to 26.
  28.  前記表面シート及び前記下側シートが、熱可塑性樹脂の繊維を含み、前記凹条部が熱融着により該下側シートと接合されており、該接合部において、前記表面シート及び前記下側シートの構成繊維が、繊維の形態を維持していない、請求項1ないし27のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The top sheet and the lower sheet include fibers of thermoplastic resin, and the concave portion is joined to the lower sheet by thermal fusion, and the top sheet and the lower sheet are joined at the joint. The absorptive article according to any one of claims 1 to 27 in which said constituent fiber does not maintain the form of a fiber.
  29.  前記凹条部と前記下側シートとの接合部が液不透過性である、請求項1ないし28のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein a joint portion between the concave strip portion and the lower sheet is liquid-impermeable.
  30.  前記接合部が長手方向に連続して形成されている、請求項1ないし29のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein the joint portion is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction.
  31.  前記頂部域での繊維密度D13aに対する、前記下側シート又は該下側シートであるセカンドシートの繊維密度Dの比率であるD13a/Dが、1.1以上2以上である、請求項1ないし30のいずれか一項に記載の吸収性物品。 D 13a / D 6 , which is a ratio of the fiber density D 6 of the lower sheet or the second sheet that is the lower sheet, to the fiber density D 13a in the top region is 1.1 or more and 2 or more, Item 31. The absorbent article according to any one of Items 1 to 30.
PCT/JP2015/079226 2014-10-17 2015-10-15 Absorbent product WO2016060212A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201580056416.8A CN107072831B (en) 2014-10-17 2015-10-15 Absorbent article

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014212404A JP6440449B2 (en) 2014-10-17 2014-10-17 Absorbent articles
JP2014-212403 2014-10-17
JP2014212403 2014-10-17
JP2014-212404 2014-10-17
JP2015-195805 2015-10-01
JP2015195805A JP6080323B2 (en) 2014-10-17 2015-10-01 Absorbent articles

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016060212A1 true WO2016060212A1 (en) 2016-04-21

Family

ID=55746752

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/079226 WO2016060212A1 (en) 2014-10-17 2015-10-15 Absorbent product

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2016060212A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6136616U (en) * 1984-08-06 1986-03-06 花王株式会社 absorbent articles
JPH09562A (en) * 1995-06-16 1997-01-07 New Oji Paper Co Ltd Absorptive article
JP2002165830A (en) * 2000-09-22 2002-06-11 Kao Corp Surface sheet for absorptive article
JP2004174234A (en) * 2002-11-13 2004-06-24 Kao Corp Surface sheet for absorptive article
JP2004201939A (en) * 2002-12-25 2004-07-22 Daio Paper Corp Absorptive article
JP2013244256A (en) * 2012-05-28 2013-12-09 Daio Paper Corp Absorbent article and method for producing the same
WO2014054649A1 (en) * 2012-10-03 2014-04-10 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent article

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6136616U (en) * 1984-08-06 1986-03-06 花王株式会社 absorbent articles
JPH09562A (en) * 1995-06-16 1997-01-07 New Oji Paper Co Ltd Absorptive article
JP2002165830A (en) * 2000-09-22 2002-06-11 Kao Corp Surface sheet for absorptive article
JP2004174234A (en) * 2002-11-13 2004-06-24 Kao Corp Surface sheet for absorptive article
JP2004201939A (en) * 2002-12-25 2004-07-22 Daio Paper Corp Absorptive article
JP2013244256A (en) * 2012-05-28 2013-12-09 Daio Paper Corp Absorbent article and method for producing the same
WO2014054649A1 (en) * 2012-10-03 2014-04-10 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent article

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6108417B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP5268662B2 (en) Absorbent article surface sheet
JP2011104122A (en) Absorptive article
JP6396753B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP2017074281A (en) Absorbent article
JP5449056B2 (en) Absorbent article surface sheet
TWI683655B (en) Absorbent article
JP6231868B2 (en) Absorbent article surface sheet and absorbent article provided with the same
JP4712533B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6431398B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6440449B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6080323B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6704236B2 (en) Absorbent article
JP6275364B1 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6932887B2 (en) Absorbent article for light incontinence
JP6580435B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6467242B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6440482B2 (en) Absorbent articles
WO2016060212A1 (en) Absorbent product
JP7057626B2 (en) Absorbent article
JP6580420B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6630085B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6431397B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP2021003382A (en) Absorbent article
WO2016060219A1 (en) Absorbent article

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15851068

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15851068

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1